Quarterlytics / Consumer Cyclical / Auto - Dealerships / Lithia Motors

Lithia Motors

lad · NYSE Consumer Cyclical
Claim this profile
Ticker lad
Exchange NYSE
Sector Consumer Cyclical
Industry Auto - Dealerships
Employees 5001-10,000
← All annual reports
FY2007 Annual Report · Lithia Motors
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
Seatle, 1

Issaquah, 1

Renton, 2
Wenatchee, 1

Spokane, 3
Tri-Cities, 3

WASHINGTON

OREGON

Oregon City, 1

Springfield, 1
Eugene, 3

Roseburg, 2
Klamath Falls, 1

Grants Pass, 1

Medford, 7

Caldwell, 1
Boise, 2

Pocatello, 2

Twin Falls, 2

Eureka, 1

Redding, 2

Sparks, 1
Reno, 5

NEVADA

Ukiah, 1
Santa Rosa, 1
Burlingame, 1

Vacaville, 1
Fairfield, 1

Concord, 1

Fresno, 4

Seaside, 2

CALIFORNIA

CLUSTERING DEALERSHIPS

Missoula, 1

Great Falls, 2

Helena, 2
Butte, 1

MONTANA

Billings, 1

NORTH DAKOTA

Grand Forks, 2

IDAHO

Ft. Collins, 2
Loveland, 1
Denver, 1

Thornton, 1
Aurora, 1
Colorado Springs, 1

Englewood, 1

COLORADO

SOUTH DAKOTA

Sioux Falls, 2

WISCONSIN

La Crosse, 1

NEBRASKA

IOWA
Cedar Rapids, 2

Johnston, 1

Ames, 2

Omaha, 3

Des Moines, 3

Santa Fe, 1

NEW MEXICO

Amarillo, 1

Lubbock, 1

TEXAS

Midland, 3

Odessa, 4

Abilene, 2
San Angelo, 3

ALASKA
Fairbanks, 1

Wasilla, 1

Anchorage, 5

Bryan, 1

Corpus Christi, 1

110 DEALERSHIPS, 28 BRANDS

TO OUR SHAREHOLDERS: 

April 10, 2008 

Last year I briefly outlined some of our strategies for growing and improving our 
company.  I mentioned our need to constantly strive for better performance, greater 
efficiencies, stronger employees and more satisfied customers.  In 2007 we significantly 
advanced those goals, and continue to pursue them as we strengthen Lithia Motors. 

This past year certainly threw us some challenges while we pursued these objectives.  
Economic turbulence came in the form of rising gasoline prices, housing market 
slowdowns, credit market turmoil, and lower consumer confidence.  These factors 
impacted our company’s financial performance. 

We are committed to follow through on the improvements we are making.  We see the 
current recessionary environment as the opportunity to pursue these improvements. What 
we are sacrificing in a downturn does not compare to what we stand to gain in a healthy 
economic environment.  We will arrive out the other side of this challenging economic 
environment as a better company positioned with more operational strength and greatly 
enhanced earnings potential.  The driving motives are happier customers, employees, and 
more volume in a more efficient model. 

RECESSION RELATED CHANGES 

In addition to looking out into the future and making important structural and cultural 
changes, Lithia Motors is also working hard at cutting costs in response to the 
recessionary climate.  We are: 

•  Reviewing all costs.  Every expense item that can be reduced is being acted 

upon; 

•  Reducing personnel as a response to lower sales volume.  As a retailer, we have 

the benefit of being able to rapidly respond to slower sales environments; 

•  Slowing or postponing capital expenditures where prudent;   
•  Modifying our acquisition strategy.  Current prices for acquisitions are falling.  

Until they settle into what we consider to be attractive levels, we will wait it out; 
then move strategically. 

•  Disposing of underperforming stores.  Some stores that do not meet our return on 

investment criteria will be put up for sale; 

•  Executing mortgage financing and sale-leaseback opportunities with our owned 

real estate to generate growth capital and reduce short-term debt. 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
STRUCURAL CHANGES 

New and Used Sales 
We have attained our initial goal of creating a customer-centric experience at the store 
level for new and used vehicle sales.  With our improved processes we now offer our 
customers a transparent environment that is unique in auto retailing in many ways.  The 
experience begins with our Drive-It-Now price posted on every vehicle that is always at 
or below MSRP.  This means there are no longer any additional dealer markups, 
documentation fees (except in states where this is specifically allowed), or other hidden 
costs for our customers.  Transparency is what customers want.  This, and solid 
guarantees that bring peace-of-mind to the transaction are what Lithia provides.  With our 
3-day/500 mile return policy, a customer need never second-guess their decision to 
purchase from Lithia Motors. 

Service and Parts 
Satisfying customers is what has driven the changes in our Service and Parts business as 
well.  We believe a customer should be able to bring their car into a Lithia service 
department on their schedule, when it is convenient for them.  We have increased our 
hours of operation in most of our service departments to accommodate the customer.  We 
also stand behind every repair we make for a full 3 years or 50,000 miles.  If the repair 
fails, we’ll fix it for free – and that includes parts and labor.  Our up-front pricing also 
assures a complete and detailed quote for the work that needs to be performed before any 
work begins.  We guarantee that we won’t charge any more than the price promised.  

Negotiation Free Selling 
There has been quite a bit of talk about “no-haggle” or “negotiation-free” selling recently.  
It is important that we clarify Lithia’s strategy with regard to this subject.  Currently, we 
are testing a completely negotiation-free environment at a number of our stores.  At most 
others we employ a more traditional sales method that continues to function well for that 
customer base and for that sales staff, but still has the new customer-centric experiences 
mentioned above.  We may have misjudged how we communicated this roll-out to the 
stores in the beginning, and the results of that showed in the fourth quarter.  Management 
has clarified our negotiation-free vision, and our store leaders are all now on board with 
what our expectations are for them and their teams.  Our goal is to increase customer 
satisfaction and maximize volume at all our stores at the lowest possible cost. 

L2 Auto 
For anyone who has not yet visited the L2 Auto website (www.L2Auto.com), we strongly 
encourage you to do so.  Its ease-of-use, and its thorough processes will demonstrate very 
quickly just how terrific this technology is.  The negotiation-free selling model of the L2 
Auto system is helping to lead our company in a new direction.  The simplicity with 
which one can buy and finance, or sell a car on the website is exciting.  Take a look at the 
process online.  You too will be impressed.  Our customers have been. 

We know there is great potential for the L2 Auto business model.  The technology is 
solid, and the customers are satisfied with its processes.  An unexpected benefit is our 

 
 
 
 
 
 
ability to identify best practices within a centralized, efficient and transparent business 
model and import them into our new car stores as well.  The results continue to be 
encouraging, and we will continue to share our progress with you. Currently we have 
three stores in operation, and a fourth will open in the second quarter 

LONG-TERM VISION 

Improving the way vehicles are sold and serviced requires more than a shift in procedures 
– it requires a shift in our culture.  It is a shift that we are capable of, and prepared to 
complete. 

Our philosophy has never been to manage quarter-to-quarter with a short-term viewpoint.  
Lithia Motors has always strived to be ahead of the curve and remain focused on our 
long-term strategy.  We continue with this approach today, and it will benefit our 
company, our customers, our employees, and you – our investors.  We thank you for your 
continued support.   

Sincerely, 

Sidney B. DeBoer 
Chairman and Chief Executive Officer 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
UNITED STATES 
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION 
WASHINGTON, D. C.  20549 
FORM 10-K 
___________________ 

[X] 

ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE  

SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934  
For the Fiscal Year Ended: December 31, 2007 
OR 

   [  ] 

TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE  

SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 

Commission File Number: 001-14733 

LITHIA MOTORS, INC.  
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter) 

(State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization) 

Oregon 

93-0572810 
(I.R.S. Employer Identification No.) 

360 E. Jackson Street, Medford, Oregon  
(Address of principal executive offices) 

97501 
(Zip Code) 

541-776-6899  
(Registrant’s telephone number including area code) 

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:  

Title of each class 
Class A common stock, without par value 

Name of each exchange on which registered 
New York Stock Exchange 

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None 
 (Title of Class) 
__________ _________ 

Indicate by check mark if the Registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act:  
Yes [  ]     No [X] 

Indicate by check mark if the Registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act:  [  ]   

Indicate  by  check  mark  whether  the  Registrant  (1)  has  filed  all  reports  required  to  be  filed  by  Section  13  or  15(d)  of  the 
Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the Registrant was required 
to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days: Yes [X]    No [  ] 

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and 
will  not  be  contained,  to  the  best  of  Registrant’s  knowledge,  in  definitive  proxy  or  information  statements  incorporated  by 
reference in Part III of this Form 10-K, or any amendment to this Form 10-K.   [  ] 

Indicate  by check mark  whether the registrant is  a large accelerated filer,  an  accelerated filer, a  non-accelerated filer or  a 
smaller reporting company. See definition of “accelerated filer,” “large accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in 
Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. Large accelerated filer [  ]   Accelerated filer [X]   Non-accelerated filer [  ] (Do not check if a 
smaller reporting company) Smaller reporting company [  ] 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act).   
Yes [   ]    No [ X ] 

The  aggregate  market  value  of  the  voting  and  non-voting  common  equity  held  by  non-affiliates  of  the  Registrant  was 
approximately  $391,538,000,  computed  by  reference  to  the  last  sales  price ($25.34)  as  reported  by  the  New  York  Stock 
Exchange  for  the  Registrant’s  Class  A  common  stock,  as  of  the  last  business  day  of  the  Registrant’s  most  recently 
completed second fiscal quarter (June 29, 2007). 

The number of shares outstanding of the Registrant’s common stock as of April 10, 2008 was: Class A: 16,285,216 shares 
and Class B: 3,762,231 shares. 

Documents Incorporated by Reference 
The Registrant has incorporated into Part III of Form 10-K, by reference, portions of its Proxy Statement for its 2008 Annual 
Meeting of Shareholders.  

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
LITHIA MOTORS, INC. 
2007 FORM 10-K ANNUAL REPORT 
TABLE OF CONTENTS 

PART I 

Item 1. 

Business 

Item 1A. 

Risk Factors 

Item 1B. 

Unresolved Staff Comments 

Item 2. 

Properties 

Item 3. 

Legal Proceedings 

Item 4. 

Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders 

PART II 

Item 5. 

Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of 
Equity Securities 

Item 6. 

Selected Financial Data 

Item 7. 

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations 

Item 7A. 

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk 

Item 8. 

Financial Statements and Supplementary Data 

Item 9. 

Changes in and Disagreements With Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure 

Item 9A. 

Controls and Procedures 

Item 9B. 

Other Information 

Item 10. 

Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance 

Item 11. 

Executive Compensation 

PART III 

Item 12. 

Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder 
Matters 

Item 13. 

Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence 

Item 14. 

Principal Accountant Fees and Services 

PART IV 

Item 15. 

Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules  

Signatures 

1 

Page 

2 

14 

22 

22 

22 

25 

25 

28 

29 

50 

52 

52 

52 

56 

57 

57 

57 

57 

57 

58 

61 

 
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Item 1.  Business 

Forward Looking Statements 

PART I 

Some  of  the  statements  under  the  sections  entitled  “Risk  Factors,”  “Management’s  Discussion  and 
Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and “Business” and elsewhere in this Form 10-
K  constitute  forward-looking  statements.  In  some  cases,  you  can  identify  forward-looking  statements  by 
terms  such  as  “may,”  “will,”  “should,”  “expect,”  “plan,”  “intend,”  “forecast,”  “anticipate,”  “believe,” 
“estimate,”  “predict,”  “potential,”  and  “continue”  or  the  negative  of  these  terms  or  other  comparable 
terminology.  The  forward-looking  statements  contained  in  this  Form  10-K  involve  known  and  unknown 
risks,  uncertainties  and  situations  that  may  cause  our  actual  results,  level  of  activity,  performance  or 
achievements  to  be  materially  different  from  any  future  results,  levels  of  activity,  performance  or 
achievements expressed or implied by these statements. Some of the important factors that could cause 
actual results to differ from our expectations are discussed in Item 1A. to this Form 10-K. 

Although we believe that the expectations reflected in the forward-looking statements are reasonable, we 
cannot  guarantee  future  results,  levels  of  activity,  performance  or  achievements.  You  should  not  place 
undue reliance on these forward-looking statements. 

Where You Can Find More Information 

We file annual, quarterly and special reports, proxy statements and other information with the Securities 
and  Exchange  Commission  (“SEC”)  under  the  Securities  Exchange  Act  of  1934  as  amended  (the 
“Exchange Act”). You can inspect and copy our reports, proxy statements, and other information filed with 
the SEC at the SEC’s Public Reference Room at 100 F Street, NE, Washington, D.C. 20549. Please call 
the  SEC at  1-800-SEC-0330  for  further information on the Public  Reference Room.  The  SEC  maintains 
an Internet Web site at http://www.sec.gov where you can obtain some of our SEC filings. We also make 
available,  free  of  charge  on  our  website  at  www.lithia.com,  our  annual  reports  on  Form  10-K,  quarterly 
reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K, and amendments to those reports filed or furnished 
pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Exchange Act as soon as reasonably practicable after they are 
filed electronically with the SEC. The information found on our website is not part of this Form 10-K. You 
can also obtain copies of these reports by contacting Investor Relations at 541-776-6591. 

Compliance with Section 303A of the NYSE Listed Company Manual 

As  required  by  the  NYSE  Corporate  Governance  Standards,  we  filed  the  appropriate  certifications  with 
NYSE in 2007 confirming that our CEO is not aware of any violations of the NYSE Corporate Governance 
Standards and we also filed with the SEC in 2007 the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer 
certifications required under Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. 

Overview 

We are a leading operator of automotive franchises and retailer of new and used vehicles and services.  
As of April 10, 2008, we offered 30 brands of new vehicles and used vehicles in 109 stores in the United 
States and over the Internet. We sell new and used cars and light trucks; sell replacement parts; provide 
vehicle  maintenance,  warranty,  paint  and  repair  services;  and  arrange  related  financing,  service 
contracts, protection products and credit insurance for our automotive customers. 

We  were  founded  in  1946  and  incorporated  in  1968.  Our  two  senior  executives  have  managed  the 
company for nearly 40 years. Since our initial public offering in 1996, we have grown from 5 to 109 stores 
as of April 10, 2008, primarily through our aggressive acquisition program that has been accretive to our 
earnings, increasing annual revenues from $143 million in 1996 to $3.2 billion in 2007. In addition, since 

2 

 
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
our initial public offering through December 31, 2007,  we have achieved compound annual growth rates 
of 33% per year for revenues and 23% per year for net income from continuing operations.   

We currently achieve gross profit margins above industry averages by selling a higher ratio of retail used 
vehicles  to  new  vehicles  and  by  arranging  finance  and  extended  warranty  contracts  for  a  greater 
percentage of our customers.   

Our acquisition model is focused on acquiring new vehicle stores where the store is the dominant or the 
only franchise of that brand in the market. Our goal is to improve the operations of all four departments of 
every  store  we  acquire.  Since  1996,  our  ability  to  integrate  the  stores  that  we  acquire  continues  to 
improve. We have also developed a better process for identifying acquisition targets that fit our operating 
model.  Our  cash  position,  substantial  lines  of  credit,  plus  an  experienced  and  well-trained  staff  are  all 
available to facilitate our continued growth as opportunities develop. 

Our  current  new  vehicle  revenue  mix  is  weighted  towards  domestic  brands  at  approximately  62%.  Our 
strategy  is  to  target  a  more  balanced  mix  between  our  domestic,  import  and  luxury  brands  in  the  years 
ahead.  Approximately  98%  of  our  acquisition  revenues  in  2007  were  from  import  and  luxury  brands, 
contributing  to  an  improvement  in  our  import/domestic  mix,  especially  as  we  continue to  dispose  of  our 
lowest performing domestic stores.  

We currently offer several customer guarantees that we believe differentiate us from other competitors in 
the marketplace. These guarantees are a culmination  of several evolution cycles within Lithia that came 
to fruition in 2007. 

For new vehicles, we promise: 

•  A  low  haggle  “Drive  it  Now”  price,  always  at  or  below  Manufacturer’s  Suggested  Retail  Price 

(MSRP); 

•  Never any Additional Dealer Markup; 
•  No Documentation Fees, except where state-mandated or controlled; and 
•  A  three-day,  500  mile,  no  questions  asked  return  policy,  including  the  return  of  a  customer’s 

trade-in vehicle. 

For used vehicles, we promise: 

•  A low haggle “Drive it Now” price; 
•  No Documentation Fees, except where state-mandated or controlled; and 
•  A  three-day,  500  mile,  no  questions  asked  return  policy,  including  the  return  of  a  customer’s 

trade-in vehicle; and 

•  A sixty-day, 3000 mile, “if it breaks, we fix it” warranty. 

For service work, we promise: 

•  Service provided on your schedule with no appointment necessary; 
•  A  three-year,  50,000  mile  warranty  on  all  repair  work,  including  parts  and  labor,  to  ensure  a 

customer will never pay for the same repair twice; and 

•  A guaranteed price based on the estimate given at the time the car was dropped off.  

In  2007  we  opened  three  stand  alone  used  car  stores,  called  L2  Auto.  L2  Auto  is  an  innovative,  web-
based sales process that provides a new and improved experience for consumers in the used car market. 
L2 Auto represents an entirely new process of online shopping and buying to provide a whole new level of 
catering  to  the  used  car  customer.  It  offers  unprecedented  transparency  in  every  transaction  including 
availability  of  a  broad  selection  of  popular  late  model  used  vehicles,  clearly  marked  “negotiation-free” 
prices based on current market values, a 240 point inspection plan, a sixty-day, 3000 mile “if it breaks, we 
fix it” warranty, and a three day “no questions asked” return policy.  

3 

 
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The Industry 

At approximately $1.0  trillion  in annual sales, automotive retailing  is the largest retail  trade sector in the 
U.S.  and  comprises  roughly  7%  of  the  GDP.  The  industry  is  highly  fragmented  with  the  100  largest 
automotive  retailers  generating  approximately  13%  of  total  industry  revenues  in  2006.  The  number  of 
franchised stores in the U.S. has declined in the last 10 years from approximately 22,427 stores in 1997 
to  approximately  21,761  in  2006.  In  addition  to  these  new  vehicle  outlets,  used  vehicles  are  sold  by 
approximately  50,000  independent  used  vehicle  dealers  and  through  private  (person  to  person) 
transactions.  New  vehicles  can  only  be  sold  through  automotive  retail  stores  franchised  by  automotive 
manufacturers.  These  franchise  stores  have  designated  trade  territories  under  state  franchise  law 
protection, which limits the number of new stores that can be opened in any given area. 

Consolidation is expected to continue as many smaller automotive retailers are now considering selling or 
joining  forces  with  larger  retailer  groups,  given  the  large  capital  requirements  necessary  to  operate  in 
today’s  retail  environment.  With  many  owners  reaching  retirement  age,  often  without  clear  succession 
plans,  larger,  well-capitalized  automotive  retailers  provide  an  attractive  exit  strategy.  The  recent 
slowdown  in  the  economy  and  in  retail  sales  is  expected  to  increase  the  number  of  sellers. We  believe 
these factors provide an attractive environment for continuing consolidation. 

Unlike  many  other  retailing  segments,  automotive  manufacturers  provide  unparalleled  support  to  the 
automotive retailer. Manufacturers often bear the burden of markdown risks on slow-moving inventory as 
they  provide  aggressive  dealer  and  customer  incentives  to  clear  aged  inventory  in  order  to  free  the 
inventory pipeline for new purchases. In addition, an automotive retailer’s cash investment in inventory is 
relatively  small,  given  floorplan  financing  from  manufacturers.  Furthermore,  manufacturers  provide  low-
cost financing for working capital and acquisitions and credit to consumers to finance vehicle purchases, 
as well as pay market-rate prices to their dealers for servicing vehicles under manufacturers’ warranties.   

Sales  in  the  automotive  sector  are  affected  by  general  economic  conditions  including  rates  of 
employment,  income  growth,  interest  rates  and  consumer  sentiment.  In  2007,  sales  were  adversely 
impacted by the slowing economy, including construction-related industries, and higher gasoline prices. In 
recent  years,  domestic  manufacturers  have  seen  increasing  sales  pressure  from  import  and  luxury 
brands, resulting in a reduction in their overall market share. 

U.S. new vehicle sales were 16.1 million units in 2007 compared  to 16.6  million units in  2006. Although 
manufacturer incentives were lower in 2007  than in 2006, we expect  that  manufacturers will continue  to 
offer incentives on new vehicle sales during 2008 through a combination of repricing strategies, rebates, 
lease  programs,  early  lease  cancellation  programs  and  low  interest  rate  loans  to  consumers.  To 
complement  the  manufacturers’  incentive  strategy,  we  employ  a  volume-based  strategy  for  our  new 
vehicle  sales.  New  vehicle  sales  usually  decline  during  a  weak  economy;  however,  the  higher  margin 
service and  parts business  typically benefits  in  the same  environment, particularly if extended,  because 
consumers  tend  to  keep  their  vehicles  longer.  Automotive  retailers  benefit  from  their  designation  as  an 
exclusive warranty and recall service provider of a manufacturer. For the typical manufacturer’s warranty, 
this  provides  an  automotive  retailer  with  a  period  of  at  least  3  years  of  repeat  business  for  service 
covered by warranty. Extended warranties can add two or more years to this repeat servicing period. 

Profitability  amongst  automotive  retailers  will  vary  and  depends  in  part  on  local  economic  conditions, 
competition  and  product  mix,  effective  management  of  inventory,  marketing,  quality  control  and 
responsiveness to customers. In the industry, new vehicles sales typically account for an estimated 59% 
of a store’s revenues, used vehicles sales typically account  for approximately 29%  of revenues and the 
remaining  12%  is  typically  derived  from  service  and  parts  sales.  Finance  and  insurance  sales  are 
included in the new and used vehicle sales numbers. Industry gross profit margins were 13.6% in 2006.  
Our gross profit margin was 16.9% and 17.1% in 2007 and 2006, respectively. 

4 

 
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Automotive  retailers  have  much  lower  fixed  overhead  costs  than  automobile  manufacturers  and  parts 
suppliers.  Variable  and  discretionary  costs,  such  as  sales  commissions  and  personnel,  advertising  and 
inventory  finance  expenses,  can  be  adjusted  to  more  closely  match  new  vehicle  sales.  Variable  and 
discretionary  costs  account  for  an  estimated  60-65%  of  the  industry’s  total  expenses.  Moreover,  an 
automotive retailer can enhance its profitability from sales of higher margin products and services. Gross 
profit margins for the parts and service business are significantly higher at approximately 47%, given the 
labor-intensive nature of the product category. Gross profit margins for finance and insurance are virtually 
100%  as  they  are  fee  driven  income  items.  These  supplemental,  high  margin  products  and  services 
provide  substantial  incremental  revenue  and  net  income,  decreasing  reliance  on  the  highly  competitive 
new vehicle sales. 

Store Operations 

Historically,  each  of  our  stores  has  operated  as  its  own  profit  center  and  was  managed  by  a  general 
manager  who  has  primary  responsibility  for  pricing,  inventory,  personnel  and  advertising.  In  2007,  we 
accelerated  a  shift  towards  simplifying  the  general  manager’s  areas  of  responsibility.  By  providing 
additional support, including inventory control, tools for managing personnel and legal issues, centralized 
processing  of  administrative  and  office  functions  and  centralized  marketing,  our  store  management 
personnel are able to concentrate on customer and employee satisfaction.  

During 2007, we completed the following initiatives: 

• 

•  Under  the  automated  car  deal  process,  our  showrooms  are  equipped  with  interactive  personal 
computers, which allows the salesperson to quickly and efficiently enter data and interact with the 
customer to speed up the sales process; 
In  August  2007,  we  opened  our  first  stand-alone  used  vehicle  store,  L2  Auto,  in  Loveland, 
Colorado and, in December 2007, we opened two additional stores in Texas;  
IT initiatives related to centralizing Accounts Payable and Accounts Receivable functions, and; 
• 
•  Our customer guarantees, including low-haggle, “Drive it Now Pricing” and a 3 day return policy 
on all vehicles.  In addition, our used vehicles have an “if it breaks, we fix it” guarantee. There is 
no deductible and our guarantee is valid for sixty days or 3,000 miles. We also offer guaranteed 
pricing and a three-year, 50,000 mile warranty on all service work. 

In 2008, we are currently working on the following initiatives that we expect will improve our operations in 
future periods: 

• 

Improved  functionality  of  our  centralized  vehicle  inventory  control,  pricing  and  procurement 
process; 
IT initiatives related to centralizing back office car deal processing; 

• 
•  Cost-cutting initiatives in our stores reducing staffing and other expenses; and 
•  Modified sale structure and compensation plans to match our new selling system. 

5 

 
    
 
 
 
 
 
The following tables set forth information about our stores as of December 31, 2007:  

State 
Texas............................... 
Oregon ............................ 
California ......................... 
Washington ..................... 
Colorado.......................... 
Iowa…………………….. 
Alaska.............................. 
Montana .......................... 
Idaho................................ 
Nevada ............................ 
Nebraska......................... 
South Dakota .................. 
North Dakota ................... 
New Mexico..................... 
Wisconsin……………… 
     Total ........................... 

New Vehicle Sales 

Number of 
Stores 
15 
16 
14 
11 
8 
8 
7 
7 
7 
6 
  3 
2 
2 
  1 
   1 
108 

Percent of 
Annualized 
2007 Revenue 
21% 
14 
13 
10 
7 
6 
6 
6 
6 
4 
2 
2 
1 
1 
    1 
100% 

In  2007,  we  sold  30  domestic  and  imported  brands  ranging  from  economy  to  luxury  cars,  sport  utility 
vehicles, minivans and light trucks. 

Manufacturer 

Chrysler (Chrysler, Dodge, Jeep) 
General Motors (GMC, Chevrolet, Buick, Saturn, Cadillac, Hummer) 
Toyota, Scion 
BMW 
Honda, Acura 
Ford (Ford, Lincoln, Mercury) 
Nissan, Infiniti 
Hyundai 
Mercedes 
Volkswagen, Audi  
Subaru 
Mazda 
Porsche 
Kia 
Suzuki 
Saab 
Isuzu 

* Less than 0.1% 

Percent of 
Total 
Revenue 
22.7% 
9.7 
6.8 
3.8 
3.3 
3.2 
1.8 
1.6 
1.3 
1.2 
1.1 
0.3 
0.3 
0.2 
0.1 
* 
     * 
57.4% 

Percent of 
New Vehicle 
 Sales in 2007 

39.7% 
16.9 
11.8 
6.7 
5.8 
5.6 
3.1 
2.9 
2.3 
2.0 
1.8 
0.5 
0.4 
0.3 
0.2 
* 
       * 
100.0% 

6 

 
    
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Our unit and dollar sales of new vehicles from continuing operations were as follows:  

New car units………...……………….. 
New car sales (in thousands)……….. 
Average selling price………………… 

2007 
22,988 
$578,307 
$25,157 

Year Ended December 31, 
2005 
20,084 
$471,766 
$23,490 

2006 
24,562 
$567,073 
$23,087 

2004 
17,574 
$411,860 
$23,436 

New truck units(1)…………………….. 
New truck sales (in thousands)…….. 
Average selling price………………… 

40,482 
$1,269,966 
$31,371 

39,398 
$1,206,059 
$30,612 

36,106 
$1,090,521 
$30,203 

33,255 
$1,007,556 
$30,298 

2003 
19,714 
$445,485 
$22,597 

29,192 
$850,720 
$29,142 

Total new vehicle units……………… 
Total new vehicle sales (in 
thousands)…………………………… 
Average selling price………………… 

63,470 
$1,848,273 

63,960 
$1,773,132 

56,190 
$1,562,287 

50,829 
$1,419,416 

48,906 
$1,296,205 

$29,120 

$27,723 

$27,804 

$27,925 

$26,504 

(1)  Truck units include trucks, light trucks, vans, SUVs and crossovers. 

The  year-over-year  average  new  vehicle  sales  price  increase  in  2007  compared  to  2006  was  due 
primarily to a mix shift away from cars, back towards higher-priced trucks and SUVs, partially offset by our 
strategy  of  selling  volume  and  driving  same-store  sales  growth.  The  decrease  in  new  vehicle  units  in 
2007 compared to 2006 was due to a challenging retail environment in 2007.  

We purchase our new car inventory directly from  manufacturers, who generally allocate new vehicles  to 
stores based on the number of vehicles sold by  the store on a  monthly basis  and by  the store’s  market 
area. Accordingly, we rely on the manufacturers to provide us with vehicles that consumers’ desire and to 
supply us with such vehicles at suitable locations, quantities and prices. However, high demand vehicles 
often are in short supply. We attempt to exchange vehicles with other automotive retailers (and amongst 
our own stores) to accommodate customer demand and to balance inventory. 

In  2007,  we  continued  the  evolution  towards  a  more  customer  friendly  model  to  purchase  vehicles.  All 
vehicles  have  a  competitive,  advertised  price,  without  additional  dealer  markup  and  low  or  no 
documentation fees. Additionally, vehicles are sold with a three-day, 500 mile return allowance.  

Used Vehicle Sales 

At  each  new  vehicle  store,  we  also  sell  used  vehicles.  Used  vehicle  sales  are  an  important  part  of  our 
overall profitability. In 2007, retail used vehicle sales generated a gross profit margin of 14.8% compared 
with a gross profit margin of 7.4% for new vehicle sales.  

In 2007, we opened three stand-alone used vehicle stores branded under the name L2 Auto. The stores 
offer  customers  the  opportunity  to  easily  search  and  compare  vehicles  on-site  or  on-line.  All  pricing  is 
negotiation free, emphasizing a positive retail experience.  

Since  the  beginning  of  2002,  the  used  vehicle  market  has  been  negatively  impacted  by  strong 
competition from the new vehicle market, with heavy manufacturer incentives in the form of cash rebates, 
discounted pricing and low interest financing. 

The  challenging  retail  environment  lead  to  a  decline  in  same-store  used  vehicle  combined  retail  and 
wholesale sales of 4.5% in 2007 compared to 2006. However, we implemented the following procedures 
in the used vehicle business that we expect will generate positive results for this important business line: 

•  We conduct our own  local used vehicle  auctions in select  markets and manage  the  disposal  of 
used  vehicles  at  larger  auctions.  The  process  is  centralized  and  controlled  at  the  management 
level. 

7 

 
    
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
•  Used  vehicles  have  a  competitive,  low-haggle  advertised  price,  and  low  or  no  documentation 
fees. Additionally, vehicles are sold with a three-day, 500 mile return allowance and a sixty-day, 
3000 mile bumper-to-bumper warranty. 
In  addition,  as  a  complement  to  our  ongoing  used  vehicle  operation  at  each  store,  we  use 
specialists in our support services group focused on the acquisition of used vehicles. We believe 
that this will help bolster sales volumes in the 3 to 7 year old vehicle market. 

• 

We are currently implementing a centralized appraisal and redistribution center to set  the  purchase and 
sales price of all used vehicles and  to direct delivery to the appropriate retail location.  The “Car Center” 
will be operational for all Lithia and L2 Auto stores in 2008. We believe a centralized team of used vehicle 
industry experts will  improve our used vehicle operations, allowing  us to consistently offer a competitive 
price  for  trade-ins,  source  more  desirable  late-model  used  vehicles  and  improve  used  vehicle  margins. 
Also,  centralizing  used  vehicle  inventories  allows  customers  access  to  a  greater  pool  of  vehicles, 
reducing carrying costs at individual stores.  

Our used vehicle operations give us an opportunity to: 

• 
• 
• 

generate sales to customers financially unable or unwilling to purchase a new vehicle; 
increase new and used vehicle sales by aggressively pursuing customer trade-ins; and 
increase service contract sales and provide financing to used vehicle purchasers. 

In  2007,  we  sold  approximately  0.7  retail  used  vehicles  for  every  retail  new  vehicle  sold.  Over  time,  we 
anticipate achieving a ratio of 1.0 to 1.0. 

We  acquire  most  of  our  used  vehicles  through  customer  trade-ins,  but  we  also  buy  them  at  “closed” 
auctions, attended only by new vehicle automotive retailers with franchises for the brands offered. These 
auctions  offer  off-lease,  rental  and  fleet  vehicles.  We  also  buy  used  vehicles  at  “open”  auctions  of 
repossessed vehicles and vehicles being sold by other automotive retailers. At our L2 Auto stores, we are 
advertising  our  willingness  to  buy  used  vehicles  from  individuals  independently  of  their  intent  in  buying 
another vehicle. 

In addition to selling used vehicles to retail customers, we wholesale to other automotive retailers and to 
wholesalers used vehicles that are in poor condition and vehicles that have not sold promptly. 

Our used vehicle sales from continuing operations were as follows:  

2007 
Retail used vehicle units……………………….… 
41,638 
Retail used vehicle sales (in thousands)………..  $696,969 
$16,739 
Average selling price........................................... 

Year Ended December 31, 
2005 
40,810 
$629,335 
$15,421 

2004 
38,057 
$570,634 
$14,994 

2006 
41,808 
$676,239 
$16,175 

2003 
38,165 
$547,769 
$14,353 

Wholesale used vehicle units .................... …….. 
25,517 
Wholesale used vehicle sales (in thousands)..…  $165,943 
$6,503 
Average selling price………………………..……. 

24,213 
$147,752 
$6,102 

22,309 
$128,644 
$5,766 

20,759 
$110,319 
$5,314 

23,934 
$111,459 
$4,657 

Total used vehicle units .............................…..… 
67,155 
Total used vehicle sales (in thousands)……...…  $862,912 
$12,850 
Average selling price…………………………..…. 

66,021 
$823,991 
$12,481 

63,119 
$757,979 
$12,009 

58,816 
$680,953 
$11,578 

62,099 
$659,228 
$10,616 

8 

 
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Vehicle Financing, Extended Warranty and Insurance 

We  believe  that  arranging  financing  is  critical  to  our  ability  to  sell  vehicles  and  related  products  and 
services.  We  provide  a  variety  of  financing  and  leasing  alternatives  to  meet  customer  needs.  Offering 
customer  financing  on  a  “same  day”  basis  gives  us  an  advantage,  particularly  over  smaller  competitors 
who do not generate enough sales to attract our breadth of finance sources. 

We  try  to  arrange  financing  for  every  vehicle  we  sell.  Our  finance  and  insurance  managers  possess 
extensive  knowledge  of  available  financing  alternatives  and  receive  training  in  determining  each 
customer’s  financing  needs  so  that  the  customer  can  purchase  or  lease  a  vehicle.  The  finance  and 
insurance managers work closely with  financing sources to quickly determine a customer’s credit status 
and to confirm the type and amount of financing available to each customer. 

In 2007, we provided financing or other insurance products for 75% of our new vehicle sales and 78% of 
our retail used vehicle sales. Our average finance and insurance revenue per retail vehicle totaled $1,133 
in 2007.   

We  earn  a  portion  of  the  financing  charge  by  discounting  each  finance  contract  we  write  and 
subsequently  sell  to  a  lender.  We  normally  arrange  financing  for  customers  by  selling  the  contracts  to 
outside  sources  on  a  non-recourse  basis  to  avoid  the  risk  of  default.  During  2007,  we  did  not  directly 
finance any of our vehicle sales. 

Our finance and insurance managers also market third-party extended warranty contracts and insurance 
contracts  to  our  new  and  used  vehicle  buyers.  These  products  and  services  yield  higher  profit  margins 
than  vehicle  sales  and  contribute  significantly  to  our  profitability.  Extended  warranty  contracts  provide 
additional  coverage  for  new  vehicles  beyond  the  duration  or  scope  of  the  manufacturer’s  warranty.  The 
service contracts we sell to used vehicle buyers provide coverage for certain major repairs. 

We also offer our customers third party credit life and health and accident insurance when they finance an 
automobile purchase. We receive a commission on each policy sold. We also offer other products, such 
as protective coatings and automobile alarms. 

Service, Body and Parts 

Our  automotive  service,  body  and  parts  operations  are  an  integral  part  of  establishing  customer  loyalty 
and contribute significantly to our overall revenue and  profits. We provide parts and service primarily for 
the new vehicle brands sold by our stores, but we also service other vehicles. In 2007, our service, body 
and  parts  operations  generated  $383.4  million,  or 11.9%  of  total  revenues.  We  set  prices  to  reflect  the 
difficulty of the types of repair and the cost of parts. Our focus on service advisor training in recent years, 
as  well  as  a  number  of  pricing  initiatives  across  the  entire  service  and  parts  business  lines,  led  to 
improvements in same-store service, body and parts sales in 2007 compared to 2006. 

For  all  service  work  we  perform,  we  promise  a  three-year,  50,000  mile  warranty,  including  parts  and 
labor, to ensure a customer will never pay for the same repair twice, and a guaranteed price based on the 
estimate given at the time the service order is written.  

The service, body and parts business provides important repeat revenues  to  the stores. We market our 
parts  and  service  products  by  notifying  the  owners  of  vehicles  when  their  vehicles  are  due for  periodic 
service. This encourages preventive maintenance rather than post-breakdown repairs. We offer a lifetime 
oil  and  filter  service,  which,  in  2007,  was  purchased  by  37%  of  our  new  and  used  vehicle  buyers.  This 
service  helps  us  retain  customers,  and  provides  opportunities  for  repeat  parts  and  service  business. 
Revenues  from  the  service,  body  and  parts  departments  are  particularly  important  during  economic 
downturns as owners tend to repair their existing used vehicles rather than buy new vehicles during such 

9 

 
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
periods.  This  limits  the  effects  of  a  drop  in  new  vehicle  sales  that  may  occur  in  a  prolonged  slow 
economic environment. 

We  operate  seventeen  collision  repair  centers:  four  in  Texas,  two  each  in  Oregon  and  Idaho,  and  one 
each in Alaska, Washington, Montana, Colorado, Nevada, South Dakota, Nebraska, Wisconsin and Iowa. 

Marketing 

We market ourselves as Lithia - “America’s Car & Truck Store”. Recently, we have utilized the “Assured 
Cars  and  Trucks”  marketing  message  to  communicate  that  Lithia  has  specific  guarantees  that  provide 
customers  with  unparalleled  confidence  in  auto  shopping,  buying  and  service.  The  L2  Auto  brand  is 
marketed as “Your Way is Our Way” and reflects a similar, unique, customer-focused experience. 

We use most types of advertising, including television, newspaper, radio, direct mail, and an Internet web 
site.  Advertising  expense,  net  of  manufacturer  credits,  was  $21.3  million  during  2007,  with  24%  of  the 
total  amount  used  for  print  media, 22%  for  television,  17%  for  radio,  8%  for  Internet  and  29%  for  direct 
mail  and  other  sources.  We  advertise  to  develop  our  image  as  a  reputable  automotive  retailer,  offering 
quality  service,  affordable  automobiles  and 
for  all  qualified  buyers.  The  automobile 
manufacturers  pay  for  some  of  our  advertising  and  marketing  expenditures.  The  manufacturers  also 
provide  us  with  market  research,  which  assists  us  in  developing  our  own  advertising  and  marketing 
campaigns.  In  addition,  our  stores  advertise  special  discounts  or  other  targeted  promotions  to  attract 
customers.  By owning  a cluster of stores in a particular market, we save money  from volume  discounts 
and  other  media  concessions.  We  also  participate  as  a  member  of  advertising  cooperatives  and 
associations,  whose  members  pool  their  resources  and  expertise  with  manufacturers  to  develop 
advertising campaigns. 

financing 

We  maintain  web  sites  (www.lithia.com  and  www.L2Auto.com)  that  generate  leads  and  provide 
information for our customers. We use the Internet sites as a marketing tool to familiarize customers with 
us, our stores and  the products we sell. Although  many customers ultimately visit  a store  to complete  a 
purchase, it is our intent  to allow customers to use  the Internet  for all aspects of  the vehicle purchase if 
they desire.   

Our web site enables a customer to: 

• 
• 
• 
• 
• 
• 
• 

locate our stores and identify the new vehicle brands sold at each store; 
view new and used vehicle inventory; 
apply for vehicle financing (L2 Auto only);  
request service appointments; 
view Kelley Blue Book values; 
visit our investor relations site; and 
view employment opportunities.  

We emphasize customer satisfaction and strive to develop a reputation for quality and fairness. We train 
our sales personnel to identify an appropriate vehicle for each of our customers at an affordable price. 

Management Information System 

We  consolidate,  process  and  maintain  financial  information,  operational  and  accounting  data,  and  other 
related  statistical  information  on  centralized  computers.  We  have  a  fully  operational  intranet  with  each 
store  directly  connected  to  headquarters.  Our  systems  are  based  on  an  ADP  platform  for  the  main 
database,  and  information  is  processed  and  analyzed  utilizing  customized  financial  reporting  software 
from Oracle Corporation (formerly Hyperion Solutions).  

10 

 
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Senior management can access detailed information from all of our locations regarding: 

• 

• 

• 
• 

• 

• 

• 

inventory; 
cash balances;  
total unit sales and mix of new and used vehicle sales;  
lease and finance transactions;  
sales of ancillary products and services;  
key cost items and profit margins; and  
the relative performance of the stores.  

Each store’s general manager has access to this same information. With this information, we can quickly 
analyze  the  results  of  operations,  identify  trends  and  focus  on  areas  that  require  attention  or 
improvement. Our management information system also allows our general managers to respond quickly 
to changes in consumer preferences and purchasing patterns, maximizing our inventory turnover. 

Our  management  information  system  is  particularly  important  to  successfully  operating  new  stores. 
Following each acquisition, we immediately install our management information system at each location. 
This  quickly  makes  financial,  accounting  and  other  operational  data  easily  available  throughout  the 
company. With this information, we can more efficiently execute our operating strategy at each new store. 

Franchise Agreements 

Each of our Lithia store subsidiaries signs a franchise (or dealer sales and service) agreement with each 
manufacturer of the new vehicles it sells. 

The  typical  automobile  franchise  agreement  specifies  the  locations  within  a  designated  market  area  at 
which  the  store  may  sell  vehicles  and  related  products  and  perform  certain  approved  services.  The 
designation  of  such  areas  and  the  allocation  of  new  vehicles  among  stores  are  at  the  discretion  of  the 
manufacturer. Franchise agreements do not guarantee exclusivity within a specified territory, but do have 
some protection under state laws. 

A franchise agreement may impose requirements on the store with respect to:  

the showroom;  
service facilities and equipment;  
inventories of vehicles and parts;  

• 
• 
• 
•  minimum working capital;  
training of personnel; and  
• 
performance standards for sales volume and customer satisfaction. 
• 

Each  manufacturer  closely  monitors  compliance  with  these  requirements  and  requires  each  store  to 
submit monthly and annual financial statements. Franchise agreements also grant a store the right to use 
and  display  manufacturers’  trademarks,  service  marks  and  designs  in  the  manner  approved  by  each 
manufacturer. 

Most franchise agreements are generally renewed after one to five years, and, in practice, have indefinite 
lives.  Some  franchise  agreements,  including  those  with  Chrysler,  have  no  termination  date.  Historically, 
all of our agreements have been renewed and we expect that manufacturers will continue to renew them 
in  the  future.  In  addition,  state  franchise  laws  also  protect  franchised  automotive  retailers  from  the 
unequal bargaining power held by the manufacturers.  Under those laws, a manufacturer may not: 

• 
• 

terminate or fail to renew a franchise without good cause; or 
prevent any reasonable changes in the capital structure or financing of a store. 

11 

 
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The typical franchise agreement provides for early termination or non-renewal by the manufacturer upon: 

a change of management or ownership without manufacturer consent; 
insolvency or bankruptcy of the dealer;  
death or incapacity of the dealer/manager; 
conviction of a dealer/manager or owner of certain crimes; 

• 
• 
• 
• 
•  misrepresentation of certain sales or inventory information by the store, dealer/manager or owner 

to the manufacturer; 
failure to adequately operate the store; 
failure to maintain any license, permit or authorization required for the conduct of business; or 
poor sales performance or low customer satisfaction index scores. 

• 
• 
• 

However, agreements provided  for prior written notice before a  franchise can be  terminated under most 
circumstances.  We  sign  master  framework  agreements  with  most  manufacturers  that  impose  additional 
requirements on our stores.  See Item 1A. “Risk Factors” for further details. 

Competition 

The  retail  automotive  business  is  highly  competitive,  consisting  of  a  large  number  of  independent 
operators,  many  of  whom  are  individuals,  families  and  small  retail  groups.  We  compete  primarily  with 
other automotive retailers, both publicly and privately-held, near our store locations. In addition, regional 
and national car rental companies operate retail used car lots to dispose of their used rental cars. 

Vehicle manufacturers have designated specific marketing and sales areas within which only one dealer 
of a vehicle brand may operate. In addition, our franchise agreements typically limit our ability to acquire 
multiple  dealerships  of  a  given  brand  within  a  particular  market  area.  Certain  state  franchise  laws  also 
restrict us from relocating our dealerships or establishing new dealerships of a particular brand within any 
area that is served by another dealer with the same brand.  Accordingly, to  the extent that a  market has 
multiple dealers of a particular brand, as many of our key markets do, we are subject to significant intra-
brand competition.  

We  are  larger  and  have  more  financial  resources  than  most  private  automotive  retailers  with  which  we 
currently compete in most of our regional markets. We compete directly with retailers like ourselves in our 
metropolitan markets in Denver, Colorado, Seattle, Washington and Concord, California. If we enter other 
metropolitan  markets,  we  may  face  competitors  that  are  larger  or  have  access  to  greater  financial 
resources. We do not have any cost advantage in purchasing new vehicles from manufacturers. We rely 
on  advertising  and  merchandising,  pricing,  our  customer  guarantees  and  sales  model,  our  sales 
expertise, service reputation and location of our stores to sell new vehicles. 

In addition to competition for the sale of vehicles, we  expect continued competition for the acquisition of 
other  stores.  We  have  faced  only  limited  competition  with  respect  to  our  acquisitions  to  date,  primarily 
from  privately-held  automotive  retailers.  However,  other  publicly-owned  automotive  retailers  with 
significant capital resources may enter our current and targeted market areas in the future. 

Our L2 Auto stores provide an opportunity for us to enter any market we desire, as we are not limited to 
purchasing  an  existing  new  vehicle  franchise,  nor  are  we  required  to  seek  the  approval  of  any 
manufacturer. We believe our L2 Auto sales process, inventory management and store design give us an 
advantage  with  many  customers  seeking  a  late  model  used  vehicle.  However,  there  are  numerous 
privately-held competitors offering used vehicles either in conjunction with a new vehicle franchise or as a 
stand  alone  facility.  Additionally, other  larger  publicly  held  companies  operate  stand-alone  used  vehicle 
stores and may enter our current and targeted market areas in the future. 

12 

 
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Regulation 

Automotive and Other Laws and Regulations 

We operate in a highly regulated industry. A number of state and federal laws and regulations affect our 
business.  In  every  state  in  which  we  operate,  we  must  obtain  various  licenses  in  order  to  operate  our 
businesses,  including  dealer,  sales  and  finance  and  insurance  licenses  issued  by  state  regulatory 
authorities.  Numerous  laws  and  regulations  govern  our  conduct  of  business,  including  those  relating  to 
our  sales,  operations,  financing,  insurance,  advertising  and  employment  practices.  These  laws  and 
regulations  include  state  franchise  laws  and  regulations,  consumer  protection  laws,  privacy  laws, 
escheatment  laws,  anti-money  laundering  laws  and  other  extensive  laws  and  regulations  applicable  to 
new and used motor vehicle dealers, as well as a variety of other laws and regulations. These laws also 
include federal and state wage-hour, anti-discrimination and other employment practices laws. 

Our financing activities with customers are subject to federal truth-in-lending, consumer leasing and equal 
credit opportunity laws and regulations as well as state and local motor vehicle finance laws, leasing laws, 
installment  finance  laws,  usury  laws  and  other  installment  sales  laws  and  regulations,  some  of  which 
regulate finance and other  fees and charges  that may be imposed  or received in connection  with motor 
vehicle retail installment sales and leasing. Claims arising out of actual or alleged violations of law may be 
asserted against us or our stores by individuals, a class of individuals, or governmental entities and may 
expose us to significant damages or other penalties, including revocation or suspension of our licenses to 
conduct store operations and fines. 

Our  operations  are  subject  to  the  National  Traffic  and  Motor  Vehicle  Safety  Act,  Federal  Motor  Vehicle 
Safety  Standards  promulgated  by  the  United  States  Department  of  Transportation,  and  the  rules  and 
regulations of various state motor vehicle regulatory agencies. 

Environmental, Health, and Safety Laws and Regulations 

Our  operations  involve  the  use,  handling,  storage  and  contracting  for  recycling  and/or  disposal  of 
materials  such  as  motor  oil  and  filters,  transmission  fluids,  antifreeze,  refrigerants,  paints,  thinners, 
batteries, cleaning products, lubricants, degreasing agents, tires and fuel. Consequently, our business is 
subject  to  a  complex  variety  of  federal, state  and  local  requirements  that  regulate  the  environment  and 
public health and safety. 

Most of our stores utilize aboveground storage tanks, and, to a lesser extent, underground storage tanks, 
primarily  for  petroleum-based  products.  Storage  tanks  are  subject  to  periodic  testing,  containment, 
upgrading  and  removal  under  the  Resource  Conservation  and  Recovery  Act  and  its  state  law 
counterparts.  Clean-up  or  other  remedial  action  may  be  necessary  in  the  event  of  leaks  or  other 
discharges from storage tanks or other sources. In addition, water quality protection programs under the 
federal Water Pollution Control Act (commonly known  as the Clean Water Act), the Safe Drinking Water 
Act  and  comparable  state  and  local  programs  govern  certain  discharges  from  our  operations.  Similarly, 
certain air emissions from operations, such as auto body painting, may be subject to the federal Clean Air 
Act  and  related  state  and  local  laws.  Certain  health  and  safety  standards  promulgated  by  the 
Occupational  Safety  and  Health  Administration  of  the  United  States  Department  of  Labor  and  related 
state agencies also apply. 

Some  of  our  stores  are  parties  to  proceedings  under  the  Comprehensive  Environmental  Response, 
Compensation,  and  Liability  Act,  or  CERCLA,  typically  in  connection  with  materials  that  were  sent  to 
former  recycling,  treatment  and/or  disposal  facilities  owned  and  operated  by  independent  businesses. 
The remediation or clean-up of facilities where the release of a regulated hazardous substance occurred 
is required under CERCLA and other laws. 

13 

 
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
We incur certain costs to comply with applicable environmental, health and safety laws and regulations in 
the ordinary course of our business. We do not anticipate, however, that the costs of such compliance will 
have  a  material  adverse  effect  on  our  business,  results  of  operations,  cash  flows  or  financial  condition, 
although  such  outcome  is  possible  given  the  nature  of  our  operations  and  the  extensive  environmental, 
public  health  and  safety  regulatory  framework.  We  do  not  have  any  material  known  environmental 
commitments or contingencies. 

Employees 

As of December 31, 2007, we employed approximately 5,828 persons on a full-time equivalent basis. We 
believe we have good relationships with our employees. 

Item 1A.  Risk Factors 

You should carefully consider the risks described below before making an investment decision. The risks 
described below are not the only ones facing our company. Additional risks not presently known to us or 
that we currently deem immaterial may also impair our business operations. 

Cyclical downturns in the automobile industry that reduce our vehicle sales may adversely affect 
our profitability. 

The  automobile  industry  is  cyclical  and  historically  has  experienced  downturns  characterized  by 
oversupply  and  weak  demand.  Many  factors  affect  the  industry,  including  general  economic  conditions, 
consumer  confidence,  personal  discretionary  spending  levels,  interest  rates  and  credit  availability.  We 
cannot guarantee that the industry will not experience sustained periods of decline in vehicle sales in the 
future. Any such decline could have an adverse effect on our business.  

The  automobile  industry  also  experiences  seasonal  variations  in  revenue.  Demand  for  automobiles  is 
generally  lower  during  the  winter  months  than  in  other  seasons,  particularly  in  our  market  areas  that 
experience harsh winters. Accordingly, we expect revenues and operating results generally to be lower in 
our first and fourth quarters than in our second and third quarters for existing stores.  

Hostilities  in  the  Middle  East,  uncertainties  surrounding  crude  oil  supplies,  the  weak  U.S.  dollar, 
or  other  factors  that  significantly  increase  gasoline  prices  can  be  expected  to  reduce  vehicle 
sales. 

Historically,  in  times  of  rapid  increase  in  crude  oil  and  gasoline  prices,  sales  of  vehicles  have  dropped, 
particularly in the short term, as the economy slows, consumer confidence wanes and fuel costs become 
more prominent to the consumer’s buying decision. In sustained periods of higher fuel costs, consumers 
who do purchase vehicles tend to prefer smaller, more fuel efficient vehicles or hybrid powered vehicles 
currently in limited supply. 

The majority of our new vehicle sales are of domestic manufacture and are predominately SUVs and light 
trucks.  These  vehicles  generally  provide  us  with  higher  gross  profit  margins.  A  significant  drop  in  sales 
volume in these vehicles, which was experienced in 2006, would continue to adversely affect our level of 
profits.  

14 

 
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The ability of our stores to make new vehicle sales depends in large part upon the manufacturers 
and,  therefore,  any  disruption  or  change  in  our  relationships  with  manufacturers  may  materially 
and adversely affect our profitability. 

We depend on  the  manufacturers to  provide us with  a desirable  mix of new vehicles. The most popular 
vehicles usually produce the highest profit margins and are frequently in short supply. If we cannot obtain 
sufficient quantities of the most popular models, our profitability may be adversely affected. Sales of less 
desirable models may reduce our profit margins.  

Each of our stores operates pursuant to a franchise agreement with each of the respective manufacturers 
for which it serves as franchisee. Manufacturers exert significant control over our stores through the terms 
and  conditions  of  their  franchise  agreements,  including  provisions  for  termination  or  non-renewal  for  a 
variety of causes. From time-to-time, certain of our stores have failed to comply with certain provisions of 
their  franchise  agreements.  These  agreements  and  state  law,  however,  generally  afford  us  the 
opportunity  to  cure  violations  and  no  manufacturer  has  terminated  or  failed  to  renew  any  franchise 
agreement with us. If a manufacturer terminates or fails to renew one or more of our significant franchise 
agreements,  such  action  could  have  a  material  adverse  effect  on  our  results  of  operations,  cash  flows, 
and financial condition.  

Our  franchise  agreements  also  specify  that,  in  certain  situations,  we  cannot  operate  a  franchise  by 
another manufacturer in the same building as the manufacturer’s franchised store. This may require us to 
build new facilities at a significant cost.  In addition, some manufacturers are in the process of realigning 
their  stores  along  defined  channels,  such  as  combining  Chrysler  and  Jeep  in  one  location.  As  a  result, 
manufacturers  may  require  us  to  move  or  sell  certain  stores.  Moreover,  our  manufacturers  generally 
require that the store meet defined image standards. All of these commitments could require us to make 
significant capital expenditures.  

Some of our franchise agreements prohibit transfers of ownership interests of a store or, in some cases, 
its parent. The most prohibitive restriction, which has  been imposed  by various  manufacturers, provides 
that,  under  certain  circumstances,  we  may  lose  a  franchise  if  a  person  or  entity  acquires  an  ownership 
interest  in  us  above  a  specified  level  (ranging  from  20%  to  50%  depending  on  the  particular 
manufacturer’s restrictions and falling as low as 5% if another vehicle manufacturer is the entity acquiring 
the  ownership  interest)  without  the  approval  of  the  applicable  manufacturer.  Violations  by  our 
stockholders  or  prospective  stockholders  are  generally  outside  of  our  control  and  may  result  in  the 
termination or non-renewal of one or more of our franchises, which may have a material adverse effect on 
our results of operations, cash flows, and financial condition.  

Import product restrictions and foreign trade risks may impair  our  ability to sell foreign vehicles 
profitably. 

Certain  vehicles  we  sell,  as  well  as  certain  major  components  of  vehicles  we  sell,  are  manufactured 
outside  the  United  States.  Accordingly,  we  are  affected  by  import  and  export  restrictions  of  various 
jurisdictions and are dependent to some extent on general economic conditions in, and political relations 
with,  a  number  of  foreign  countries.  Additionally,  fluctuations  in  currency  exchange  rates  may  increase 
the price and adversely affect our sales of vehicles produced by foreign manufacturers.  Imports into the 
United  States  may  also  be  adversely  affected  by  increased  transportation  costs  and  tariffs,  quotas  or 
duties,  any  of  which  could  have  a  material  adverse  effect  on  our  results  of  operations,  cash  flows,  and 
financial condition.  

15 

 
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Environmental, health or safety regulations could have a material adverse effect on our results of 
operations, cash flows, or financial condition or cause us to incur significant expenditures. 

We are subject to various federal, state and local environmental, health and safety regulations governing, 
among other things, the generation, storage, handling, use, treatment, recycling, transportation, disposal 
and  remediation  of  hazardous  material  and  the  emission  and  discharge  of  hazardous  material  into  the 
environment.  Under  certain  environmental  regulations,  we  could  be  held  responsible  for  all  of  the  costs 
relating  to any contamination at our present or our  predecessors’ past  facilities and at third  party  waste 
disposal  sites.  We  are  aware  of  contamination  at  certain  of  our  facilities,  and  we  are  in  the  process  of 
conducting investigations and/or remediation at some of these properties. In certain cases, the current or 
prior property owner is conducting  the  investigation and/or remediation or we have been indemnified by 
either the current or prior property owner for such contamination. There can be no assurances that these 
owners  will  remediate  or  continue  to  remediate  these  properties  or  pay  or  continue  to  pay  pursuant  to 
these  indemnities.  We  are  also  required  to  obtain  permits  from  governmental  authorities  for  certain 
operations.  If  we  violate  or  fail  to  fully  comply  with  these  regulations  or  permits,  we  could  be  fined  or 
otherwise sanctioned by regulators.  

Environmental, health and safety regulations are becoming increasingly more stringent. There can be no 
assurances that the costs of compliance with these regulations will not result in a material adverse effect 
on our results of operations or financial condition or that additional environmental, health or safety matters 
will not arise or new conditions or facts will not develop in the future at our currently or formerly owned or 
operated facilities, or at sites that we may acquire  in  the future, which  will require  us to  incur significant 
expenditures.  

If  manufacturers  discontinue  or  change  sales  incentives,  warranties  and  other  promotional 
programs,  our  results  of  operations,  cash  flows,  or  financial  condition  may  be  materially 
adversely affected. 

We depend on our manufacturers for sales incentives, warranties and other programs that are intended to 
promote  dealership  sales  or  support  dealership  profitability.  Manufacturers  historically  have  made  many 
changes to their incentive programs during each year. Some of the key incentive programs include: 

customer rebates; 

• 
•  dealer incentives on new vehicles; 
•  below-market financing on new vehicles and special leasing terms; 
•  warranties on new and used vehicles; and 
• 

sponsorship of used vehicle sales by authorized new vehicle dealers. 

A  discontinuation  or  change  in  our  manufacturers’  incentive  programs  could  adversely  affect  our 
business.  Moreover,  some  manufacturers  use  a  dealership’s  CSI  scores  as  a  factor  governing 
participation  in  incentive  programs.  Failure  to  comply  with  the  CSI  standards  could  adversely  affect  our 
participation in dealership incentive programs, which could have a material adverse effect on our results 
of operations, cash flows, or financial condition. 

A decline of available financing in the sub-prime lending market may adversely affect our sales of 
used vehicles. 

A significant portion of vehicle buyers, particularly in the used car market, finance their vehicle purchases. 
Sub-prime  finance  companies  have  historically  provided  financing  for  consumers  who,  for  a  variety  of 
reasons,  including  poor  credit  histories  and  lack  of  a  down  payment,  do  not  have  access  to  more 
traditional  finance  sources.  Recent  economic  developments  suggest  that  sub-prime  finance  companies 
may  tighten their credit standards. We believe  that  this could  adversely affect our used vehicle sales.  If 
sub-prime finance companies apply higher standards, if there is any further tightening of credit standards 
used by sub-prime finance companies, or if there is additional decline in the overall availability of credit in 

16 

 
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
the sub-prime lending market, the ability of these consumers to purchase vehicles could be limited, which 
could have a material adverse effect on our used car business, revenues, cash flows and profitability. 

With the breadth of our operations and volume of transactions, compliance with the many federal 
and state laws and regulations cannot be assured. Fines, judgments and administrative sanctions 
can be severe. 

We  are  subject  to  numerous  employment  practices,  financing,  disclosure,  consumer  protection  and 
department of motor vehicles laws, as well as a variety of other state and federal laws and regulations in 
each  of  the  15  states  in  which  we  have  stores.  With  the  number  of  stores  we  operate,  the  number  of 
personnel we employ and the large volume of transactions we handle, it is likely that technical mistakes 
will  be  made.  If  there  are  unauthorized  activities  of  serious  magnitude,  the  state  and  federal  authorities 
have the power to impose civil monetary penalties and sanctions, suspend or withdraw dealer licenses or 
take  other  actions  that  could  materially  impair  our  activities  or  our  ability  to  acquire  new  stores  in  those 
states  where  violations  occurred.  Further,  private  causes  of  action  on  behalf  of  individuals  or  a  class  of 
individuals could result in significant monetary damages or injunctive relief. 

Our  success  depends  in  large  part  upon  the  overall  demand  for  the  particular  lines  of  vehicles 
that  each  of  our  stores  sell  and  the  ability  of  the  manufacturers  to  continue  to  deliver  such 
vehicles. 

Demand  for  our  primary  manufacturers’  vehicles  as  well  as  the  financial  condition,  management, 
marketing,  production  and  distribution  capabilities  of  these  manufacturers  can  significantly  affect  our 
business.  Events  that  adversely  affect  a  manufacturer’s  ability  to  timely  deliver  new  vehicles  may 
adversely  affect  us  by  reducing  our  supply  of  popular  new  vehicles  and  leading  to  lower  sales  in  our 
stores during those periods than would otherwise occur.  

We  are  also  subject  to  a  concentration  of  risk  in  the  event  of  financial  distress,  including  potential 
bankruptcy,  of  a  major  vehicle  manufacturer.    Our  Chrysler,  GM  and  Toyota  stores  represent  over  two-
thirds of our total new vehicle retail sales. Chrysler alone accounted for nearly 40% of those sales.  Sales 
of Ford and General Motors new vehicles represented nearly 10% of our new vehicle sales in 2007.  All 
three domestic manufacturers have reported significant operating losses in recent years. 

In  the  event  or  threat  of  a  bankruptcy  by  a  vehicle  manufacturer,  among  other  things:  (1) the 
manufacturer could attempt to terminate all or certain of our franchises, and we may not receive adequate 
compensation  for  them,  (2) we  may  not  be  able  to  collect  some  or  all  of  our  significant  receivables  that 
are due from such manufacturer and we may be subject to preference claims relating to payments made 
by such manufacturer prior to bankruptcy, (3) we may not be able to obtain financing for our new vehicle 
inventory,  or  arrange  financing  for  our  customers  for  their  vehicle  purchases  and  leases,  with  such 
manufacturer’s captive finance subsidiary, which may cause us to finance our new vehicle inventory, and 
arrange  financing  for  our  customers,  with  alternate  finance  sources  on  less  favorable  terms,  and 
(4) consumer demand for such manufacturer’s products could be materially adversely affected. 

If any of these events were to occur, our sales and earnings would be adversely impacted.  These events 
may also result in a partial or complete write-down of our goodwill and/or intangible franchise rights with 
respect  to  any  terminated  franchises  or  impacted  stores  and  cause  us  to  incur  impairment  charges 
related to operating leases and/or receivables due from such manufacturers.  

In  addition,  vehicle  manufacturers  may  be  adversely  impacted  by  economic  downturns  or  recessions, 
adverse  fluctuations  in  currency  exchange  rates,  significant  declines  in  the  sales  of  their  new  vehicles, 
increases  in  interest  rates,  declines  in  their  credit  ratings,  labor  strikes  or  similar  disruptions  (including 
within their major suppliers), supply shortages or rising raw material costs, rising employee benefit costs, 
adverse  publicity  that  may  reduce  consumer  demand  for  their  products  (including  due  to  bankruptcy), 
product  defects,  vehicle  recall  campaigns,  litigation,  poor  product  mix  or  unappealing  vehicle  design,  or 

17 

 
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
other  adverse  events.  These  and  other  risks  could  materially  adversely  affect  any  manufacturer  and 
impact  its  ability  to  profitably  design,  market,  produce  or  distribute  new  vehicles,  which,  in  turn,  could 
materially  adversely  affect  our  business,  results  of  operations,  financial  condition,  stockholders’  equity, 
cash flows and prospects. 

Our  business  may  be  adversely  affected  by  unfavorable  conditions  in  our  local  markets,  even  if 
those conditions are not prominent nationally. 

Our  performance  is  also  subject  to  local  economic,  competitive  and  other  conditions  prevailing  in  our 
various geographic areas.  Our dealerships currently  are located  in limited  markets in  15 states and  the 
results  of  our  operations  therefore  depend  substantially  on  general  economic  conditions  and  consumer 
spending levels in those markets.  In 2007, our markets in Nevada, California, Oregon and Colorado were 
particularly slow, which adversely affected our sales.   With  the predicted recession in 2008 affecting  the 
general U.S. economy, a slower sales environment could spread to other parts of our markets. 

Our ability to increase revenues through our acquisition growth strategy depends on our ability to 
acquire and successfully integrate additional stores. 

General.   The  U.S.  automobile  industry  is  considered  a  mature  industry  in  which  minimal  growth  is 
expected  in  unit  sales  of  new  vehicles.  Accordingly,  a  principal  component  of  our  growth  in  sales  is  to 
make  additional  acquisitions  in  our  existing  markets  and  in  new  geographic  markets.  To  complete  the 
acquisitions of additional stores, we need to successfully address each of the following challenges.  

Limitations  on  our  capital 
from  capitalizing  on  acquisition 
opportunities.  Acquisitions  of  additional  stores  will  require  substantial  capital  investment.  Limitations  on 
our  capital  resources  would  restrict  our  ability  to  complete  new  acquisitions.  Further,  the  use  of  any 
financing source could have the effect of reducing our earnings per share.  

resources  may  prevent  us 

We  have  financed  our  past  acquisitions  from  a  combination  of  the  cash  flow  from  our  operations, 
borrowings  under  our  credit  arrangements,  issuances  of  our  common  stock  and  proceeds  from  our 
private debt offering. We expect cash on hand together with our other financing resources to be sufficient 
for  our  currently  anticipated  acquisition  program  through  2008.  If  we  are  unable  to  obtain  financing  on 
acceptable terms, we may be required to slow the pace of our acquisition plans, which may materially and 
adversely  affect  our  acquisition  growth  strategy.  Further,  if  weak  sales  and  earnings  were  to  continue 
throughout 2008, the amounts we could borrow under our credit facility would be limited and could curtail 
our acquisitions. 

Generally,  we  use  cash  and  available  credit  facilities  for  acquisitions.  However,  on  occasion,  we  have 
financed acquisitions by issuing shares of our common stock as partial consideration for acquired stores. 
The  viability  of  using  common  stock  for  acquisitions  will  depend  on  our  willingness  to  issue shares,  the 
market  price  of  our  common  stock  and  the  willingness  of  potential  acquisition  candidates  to  accept  our 
common  stock  as  part  of  the  consideration  for  the  sale  of  their  businesses.  Accordingly,  our  ability  to 
make acquisitions could be adversely affected if the price of our common stock declines or, alternatively, 
is perceived as fully valued. If potential acquisition candidates are unwilling to accept our common stock 
as  partial  consideration,  we  will  be  forced  to  rely  solely  on  available  cash  from  operations  or  debt 
financing, which could limit our acquisition and expansion plans.  

18 

 
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Manufacturers may restrict our ability to  make new acquisitions. We are required to obtain consent from 
the  applicable  manufacturer  prior  to  the  acquisition  of  a  franchised  store.  In  determining  whether  to 
approve  an  acquisition,  a  manufacturer  considers  many  factors,  including  our  financial  condition, 
ownership structure, the number of stores currently owned and our performance with those stores. Most 
major manufacturers have now established limitations or guidelines on the:  

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

number of such manufacturers’ stores that may be acquired by a single owner;  
number of stores that may be acquired in any market or region;  
percentage of total sales that may be controlled by one automotive retailer group;  
ownership of stores in contiguous markets;  
frequency of acquisitions; and 
requirement  that  no  other  manufacturers’  brands  be  sold  from  the  same  store  location.  In 
addition, each manufacturer has site control agreements in place that limit our ability to change 
the use of the facility without their approval. 

Chrysler has issued a policy statement to all of its dealers stating that it may disapprove any acquisition if 
the  buyer  would  own  stores  representing  more  than  (i) 10%  of  any  Business  Center’s  Annual  Planning 
Potential;  (ii) 5%  of  the  Annual  Planning  Potential  of  the  United  States;  or  (iii) 20%  of  a  Metro  Market’s 
Annual  Planning  Potential.  While we  have reached these limits in certain local markets, there are  many 
other markets available to us. There are approximately 3,700 Chrysler stores nationwide.  

General Motors currently evaluates our acquisitions of GM stores on a case-by-case basis. GM, however, 
limits the maximum number of GM stores that we  may acquire at any time to 50% of the GM stores, by 
franchise line, in a GM-defined geographic market area. GM has approximately 6,900 stores nationwide.  

Ford  currently  limits  the  number  of  stores  that  we  may  own  to  the  greater  of  (i) 15  Ford  and  15  Lincoln 
Mercury  stores  and  (ii) that  number  of  Ford  and  Lincoln  Mercury  stores  accounting  for  5%  of  the 
preceding year’s total Ford, Lincoln and Mercury retail sales in the United States. In addition, Ford limits 
us to one Ford store in a Ford-defined market area having two or fewer authorized Ford stores and one-
third of Ford stores in any  Ford-defined  market area  having  three or  more authorized Ford stores.  Ford 
has approximately 4,300 franchised stores nationwide.  

Toyota  restricts  the  number  of  stores  that  we  may  own  and  the  time  frame  over  which  we  may  acquire 
them,  and  imposes  specific  performance  criteria  on  existing  stores  as  a  condition  to  any  future 
acquisitions.  In  2006,  we  entered  into  a  framework  agreement  with  Toyota  to  permit  us  to  acquire 
additional  stores  nationwide  if  our  performance  at  existing  stores  satisfies  the  minimum  criteria.  The 
maximum  number  of  stores  may  not  exceed  5%  of  Toyota’s  aggregate  national  annual  retail  sales 
volume.  In  addition,  Toyota  restricts  the  number  of  Toyota  stores  that  we  may  acquire  in  any  Toyota-
defined  region  and  Metro  market,  as  well  as  any  contiguous  market.  Toyota  has  approximately  1,200 
stores nationwide.  

With respect to other manufacturers, we do not believe existing numerical limitations will materially restrict 
our acquisition program for many years.  

A manufacturer also considers our past performance as measured by their customer satisfaction index, or 
CSI, scores and sales performance at our  existing stores.  At  any point in  time, some of our stores  may 
have  CSI  scores  below  the  manufacturers’  sales  zone  averages  or  have  achieved  sales  performances 
below the targets manufacturers have set. Our failure to maintain satisfactory CSI scores and to achieve 
sales performance goals could restrict our ability to complete future acquisitions. We currently have, and 
at any point in the future may have, manufacturers that restrict our ability to complete future acquisitions.  

19 

 
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
We may be unable to improve profitability of newly acquired stores.  Many of the stores we acquire have 
pretax margins below our historical pretax margin. Our ability to improve the profitability of newly acquired 
stores depends in large part on our ability at such stores to:  

• 

• 
• 

• 

• 

increase new vehicle sales; 
improve sales of higher margin used vehicles and finance and insurance products;  
train and motivate store management; 
achieve cost savings and realize revenue enhancing opportunities; and  
improve inventory, accounts receivable and other controls.  

If we fail to  maintain or improve the profitability of newly acquired stores, we  may be unable  to maintain 
our historical pretax margin. Further, failure to improve the performance of under-performing stores could 
preclude us from receiving manufacturer approval for any new acquisitions of that brand.  

Competition  with  other  automotive  retailers  for  attractive  acquisition  targets  could  restrict  our  ability  to 
complete  new  acquisitions. In  the  current  economic  environment,  we  are  presented  with  an  increasing 
number of attractive acquisition opportunities. However, we compete with several other public and private 
national  automotive  retailers,  some  of  which  have  greater  financial  and  managerial  resources. 
Competition with existing automotive retailers and those formed in the future may result in fewer attractive 
acquisition  opportunities  and  increased  acquisition  costs.  If  we  cannot  negotiate  acquisitions  on 
acceptable terms, our future revenue growth will be significantly limited.  

Goodwill and  other  intangible assets comprise a significant  portion of  our total  assets. We  must 
test  our  goodwill  and  intangible  assets  for  impairment  at  least  annually,  which  may  result  in  a 
material, non-cash  write down  of goodwill  or franchise rights and  could have a  material adverse 
impact on our results of operations and shareholders’ equity. 

Goodwill and indefinite-lived intangibles are subject to impairment assessments at least annually (or more 
frequently when events or circumstances indicate that an impairment  may have occurred) by applying a 
fair-value  based  test.  Our  principal  intangible  assets  are  goodwill  and  our  rights  under  our  franchise 
agreements  with  vehicle  manufacturers.  The  risk  of  impairment  losses  may  increase  to  the  extent  our 
market capitalization and cash flows decline. Impairment losses may result in a material, non-cash write-
down of goodwill or franchise values.  Furthermore, impairment losses could have an adverse impact on 
our ability to satisfy the financial ratios or other covenants under our debt agreements and could have a 
material adverse impact on our results of operations and shareholders’ equity. 

Our indebtedness and lease obligations could materially adversely affect our financial health, limit 
our  ability  to  finance  future  acquisitions  and  capital  expenditures,  and  prevent  us  from  fulfilling 
our financial obligations. 

Our  indebtedness  and  lease  obligations  could  have  important  consequences  to  us,  including  the 
following: 

•  our  ability  to  obtain  additional  financing  for  acquisitions,  capital  expenditures,  working  capital  or 

general corporate purposes may be impaired in the future; 

•  a substantial portion of our current cash flow from operations must be dedicated to the payment 
of  principal  on  our  indebtedness,  thereby  reducing  the  funds  available  to  us  for  our  operations 
and other purposes; and 
some of our borrowings are and will continue to be at variable rates of interest, which exposes us 
to the risk of increasing interest rates. 

• 

In  addition,  our  debt  instruments  contain  numerous  covenants  that  limit  our  discretion  with  respect  to 
business  matters,  including  acquisitions,  paying  dividends,  repurchasing  our  common  stock,  incurring 
additional  debt  or  disposing  of  assets.    Other  covenants  are  financial  in  nature,  including  current  and 
fixed-charge  ratios.    A  breach  of  any  of  these  covenants  could  result  in  a  default  under  the  applicable 

20 

 
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
agreement or indenture. In addition, a default under one agreement or indenture could result in a default 
and acceleration of our repayment obligations under the other agreements or indentures under the cross 
default provisions in those agreements or indentures. If a default or cross default were to occur, we may 
not  be  able  to  pay  our  debts  or  borrow  sufficient  funds  to  refinance  them.  Even  if  new  financing  were 
available,  it  may  not  be  on  terms  acceptable  to  us.  As  a  result of  this  risk,  we  could  be  forced  to  take 
actions  that  we  otherwise  would  not  take,  or  not  take  actions  that  we  otherwise  might  take,  in  order  to 
comply with the covenants in these agreements and indentures. 

The  loss  of  key  personnel  or  the  failure  to  attract  additional  qualified  management  personnel 
could adversely affect our operations and growth. 

Our  success  depends  to  a  significant  degree  on  the  efforts  and  abilities  of  our  senior  management, 
particularly  Sidney  B.  DeBoer,  our  Chairman  and  Chief  Executive  Officer,  and  Bryan B.  DeBoer,  our 
President  and  Chief  Operating  Officer.  Further,  we  have  identified  Sidney  B.  DeBoer  and/or  Bryan  B. 
DeBoer in most of our store franchise agreements as the individuals who control the franchises and upon 
whose  financial  resources  and  management  expertise  the  manufacturers  may  rely  when  awarding  or 
approving the transfer of any franchise. The loss of either executive could have a material adverse effect 
on our on-going relationship with the manufacturers.  

Our new business model is not yet proven and could result in a decline in sales and no decrease 
in SG&A expenses. 

We  embarked  on  company-wide  initiatives  to  improve  customer  satisfaction  with  the  vehicle  purchase 
process. Significant among them is the adoption of a low-haggle sales model for both our new and used 
vehicle  sales  as  well  as  new  customer  guarantees.  This  is  a  significant  change  that  requires  a  new 
mindset  and  approach  for  sales  personnel  at  the  stores.  If  sales  personnel  do  not  accept  or  implement 
this new approach, or if sufficient customers are not attracted to this model, sales will suffer. 

Further, a critical component in the new model is the successful consolidation of most non-sales functions 
to our head office support services staff, including inventory purchasing, retail pricing, automated car deal 
processing, personnel and advertising. This centralization process is designed to improve efficiencies and 
controls  as  well  as  reducing  costs.  If  the  initiative  fails  in  its  objectives,  sales  may  suffer  and  expected 
costs savings may not be forthcoming or could even increase if duplication is required. 

We are developing a stand-alone used vehicle store model whose profitability is unproven. 

We  are  incurring  significant  operating  costs  to  develop  software,  processes  and  marketing  strategies  to 
open  and  successfully  operate  stand-alone  used  vehicle  stores.  To  this  end,  we  have  hired  a  team  of 
employees  committed  to  this  effort,  purchased  a  number  of  sites,  designed  facilities,  recently  opened 
three  stores,  and  are  commencing  construction  at  additional  locations.  The  start-up  costs  and  capital 
investments are significant and will reduce earnings until these stores become profitable.  

The business model is new to us and involves developing and successfully implementing a sales process 
and  strategy  different  from  that  currently  used  in  our  new  vehicle  stores.  Further,  there  will  be  many 
competitors in  the markets our stores will be  in, including, in some  markets, national used vehicle store 
chains with name familiarity and proven business models. If our efforts are not as successful, our financial 
results would be adversely impacted beyond merely the ramp-up phase. 

21 

 
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The  sole  voting  control  of  our  company  is  held  by  Sidney  B.  DeBoer  who  may  have  interests 
different from your interests. 

Lithia Holding Company, LLC, of which Sidney B. DeBoer, our Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, is 
the sole managing member, holds all of the outstanding shares of our Class B common stock. A holder of 
Class B  common  stock  is  entitled  to  ten  votes  for  each  share  held,  while  a  holder  of  Class A  common 
stock  is  entitled  to  one  vote  per  share  held.  On  most  matters,  the  Class A  and  Class B  common  stock 
vote together as a single class. As of March 14, 2008, Lithia Holding controlled approximately 70% of the 
aggregate number of votes eligible to be cast by stockholders for the election of directors and most other 
stockholder actions. Therefore, Lithia Holding will control the election of our Board of Directors and will be 
in a position to control the policies and operations of the company. In addition, because Mr. DeBoer is the 
managing  member  of  Lithia  Holding,  he  currently  controls  and  will  continue  to  control,  all  of  the 
outstanding Class B common stock, thereby allowing him to control the company. So long as at least 16 
2/3%  of  the  total  number  of  shares  outstanding  are  shares  of  Class B  common  stock,  the  holders  of 
Class B  common  stock  will  be  able  to  control  all  matters  requiring  approval  of  66  2/3%  or  less  of  the 
aggregate  number  of  votes.  Absent  a  significant  increase  in  the  number  of  shares  of  Class A  common 
stock  outstanding  or  conversion  of  Class B  common  stock  into  Class A  common  stock,  the  holders  of 
shares of Class B common stock will be entitled to elect all members of the Board of Directors and control 
all matters subject to stockholder approval that do not require a class vote. 

Item 1B.  Unresolved Staff Comments 

None. 

Item 2.  Properties 

Our  stores  and  other  facilities  consist  primarily  of  automobile  showrooms,  display  lots,  service  facilities, 
collision  repair  and  paint  shops,  supply  facilities,  automobile  storage  lots,  parking  lots  and  offices.  We 
believe  our  facilities  are  currently  adequate  for  our  needs  and  are  in  good  repair.  We  own  some  of  our 
properties,  but  also  lease  many  properties,  providing  future  flexibility  to  relocate  our  retail  stores  as 
demographics,  economics,  traffic  patterns  or  sales  methods  change.  Most  leases  give  us  the  option  to 
renew the lease for one or more lease extension periods. We also hold some undeveloped land for future 
expansion. 

Item 3.  Legal Proceedings 

We  are  party  to  numerous  legal  proceedings  arising  in  the  normal  course  of  our  business.    While  we 
cannot  predict  with  certainty  the  outcomes  of  these  matters,  we  do  not  anticipate  that  the  resolution  of 
these  proceedings  will  have  a  material  adverse  effect  on  our  business,  results  of  operations,  financial 
condition, or cash flows. 

Phillips/Allen Cases 

On November 25, 2003, Aimee Phillips filed a lawsuit in the U.S. District Court for the District of Oregon 
(Case  No.  03-3109-HO)  against  Lithia  Motors,  Inc.  and  two  of  its  wholly-owned  subsidiaries  alleging 
violations of state and federal RICO laws, the Oregon Unfair Trade Practices Act (“UTPA”) and common 
law fraud. Ms. Phillips seeks damages, attorney's fees and injunctive relief. Ms. Phillips' complaint stems 
from  her  purchase  of  a  Toyota  Tacoma  pick-up  truck  on  July  6,  2002.  On  May  14,  2004,  we  filed  an 
answer to  Ms. Phillips' Complaint. This case was consolidated with the  Allen case described below and 
has a similar current procedural status. 

22 

 
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
On April 28, 2004, Robert Allen and 29 other plaintiffs (“Allen Plaintiffs”) filed a lawsuit in the U.S. District 
Court for the District of Oregon (Case No. 04-3032-HO) against Lithia Motors, Inc. and three of its wholly-
owned  subsidiaries  alleging  violations  of  state  and  federal  RICO  laws,  the  Oregon  UTPA  and  common 
law  fraud.  The  Allen  Plaintiffs  seek  damages,  attorney's  fees  and  injunctive  relief.  The  Allen  Plaintiffs' 
Complaint  stems  from  vehicle  purchases  made  at  Lithia  stores  between  July  2000  and  April  2001.  On 
August  27,  2004,  we  filed  a  Motion  to  Dismiss  the  Complaint.  On  May  26,  2005,  the  Court  entered  an 
Order granting Defendants' Motion to Dismiss plaintiffs' state and federal RICO claims with prejudice. The 
Court declined to exercise supplemental jurisdiction over plaintiffs' UTPA and fraud claims.  Plaintiffs filed 
a Motion to Reconsider the dismissal Order. On August 23, 2005, the Court granted Plaintiffs' Motion for 
Reconsideration  and  permitted  the  filing  of  a  Second  Amended  Complaint  (“SAC”).  On  September  21, 
2005, the Allen Plaintiffs, along with Ms. Phillips, filed the SAC. In this complaint, the Allen plaintiffs seek 
actual  damages  that  total  less  than  $500,000,  trebled,  approximately  $3.0  million  in  mental  distress 
claims, trebled, punitive damages of $15.0 million, attorney's fees and injunctive relief. The SAC added as 
defendants certain officers and employees  of Lithia. In addition, the  SAC added a claim for relief based 
on  the  Truth  in  Lending  Act  (“TILA”).  On  November  14,  2005  we  filed  a  second  Motion  to  Dismiss  the 
Complaint  and  a  Motion  to  Compel  Arbitration.  In  two  subsequent  rulings,  the  Court  has  dismissed  all 
claims  except  those  under  Oregon's  Unfair  Trade  Practices  Act  and  a  single  fraud  claim  for  a  named 
individual.  We  believe  the  actions  of  the  court  have  significantly  narrowed  the  claims  and  potential 
damages sought by the plaintiffs. Lithia's motion to Compel Arbitration of Plaintiff's remaining claims was 
denied. We have filed a Notice of  Appeal relating to the denial of our Motion to Compel Arbitration. This 
appeal is currently pending before the Ninth Circuit Court of Appeals (No. 07-35670). We filed a motion to 
stay this litigation pending resolution of the appeal.   

On September 23, 2005, Maria Anabel Aripe and 19 other plaintiffs (“Aripe Plaintiffs”) filed a lawsuit in the 
U.S. District Court for the District of Oregon (Case No. 05-3083-HO) against Lithia Motors, Inc., 12 of its 
wholly-owned  subsidiaries  and  certain  officers  and  employees  of  Lithia,  alleging  violations  of  state  and 
federal  RICO  laws,  the  Oregon  UTPA,  common  law  fraud  and  TILA.  The  Aripe  Plaintiffs  seek  actual 
damages  of  less  than  $600,000,  trebled,  approximately  $3.7  million  in  mental  distress  claims,  trebled, 
punitive  damages  of  $12.6  million,  attorney's  fees  and  injunctive  relief.  The  Aripe  Plaintiffs'  Complaint 
stems  from  vehicle  purchases  made  at  Lithia  stores  between  May  2001  and  August  2005  and  is 
substantially  similar  to  the  allegations  made  in  the  Allen  case. On  April  18,  2006,  the  Court  stayed  the 
proceedings  in  the  Aripe  case,  pending  resolution  of  certain  motions  in  the  Allen  case.  The  relevant 
motions in the Allen case have now been resolved, and we anticipate that the stay in the Aripe case will 
soon be lifted. 

Alaska Service and Parts Advisors and Managers Overtime Suit 

On March 22, 2006, seven former employees in Alaska brought suit against the company (Durham, et al. 
v.  Lithia  Support  Services,  et  al.,  3AN-06-6338  Civil,  Superior  Court  for  the  State  of  Alaska)  seeking 
overtime  wages,  additional  liquidated  damages  and  attorney  fees.  The  complaint  was  later  amended  to 
include a total of 11 named plaintiffs. The court ordered the dispute to arbitration.  In February 2008, the 
arbitrator granted the plaintiffs' request to establish a class of plaintiffs consisting of all present and former 
service  and  parts  department  employees  totaling approximately  150  individuals  who  were  paid  on  a 
commission basis. We have filed a motion requesting reconsideration of this class certification. There has 
been no ruling on any of the merits of the claim, which will primarily turn on whether these employees or 
some  of  these  employees  are  exempt  from  the  applicable  state  law  that  provides  for  the  payment  of 
overtime under certain circumstances. 

Alaska Used Vehicles Sales Disclosures 

On  May  30,  2006,  four  of  our  wholly  owned  subsidiaries  located  in  Alaska  were  served  with  a  lawsuit 
alleging  that  the  stores  failed  to  comply  with  Alaska  law  relating  to  various  disclosures  required  to  be 
made  during  the  sale  of  a  used  vehicle.  The  complaint  was  filed  by  Jackie  Lee  Neese,  et  al.  v.  Lithia 
Chrysler Jeep of Anchorage, Inc., et al. in the Superior Court for the State of Alaska at Anchorage, case 

23 

 
    
 
 
 
 
 
number  3AN-06-04815CI.  The  complainants  seek  to  represent  other  similarly  situated  customers.  The 
court  has  not  certified  the  suit  as  a  class  action.  During  the  pendency  of  the  Neese  case,  the  State  of 
Alaska  brought  charges  against  Lithia’s  subsidiaries  alleging  the  same  factual  allegations,  and  also 
alleging violations related to the practice of charging document fees. We settled the State action which we 
believe resolves the disputes. However, the plaintiffs in the private action moved to intervene in the State 
of  Alaska  matter,  and  they  also  filed  a  second  putative  class  action  lawsuit,  Jackie  Lee  Neese,  et  al,  v. 
Lithia  Chrysler  Jeep  of  Anchorage,  Inc.,  case  number  3AN-06-13341CI,  related  to  the  document  fee 
claims identified in the State of Alaska’s complaint. The second Neese lawsuit was consolidated with the 
first  case.  The  court  denied  the  plaintiffs’  request  to  intervene  in  the  State  of  Alaska  matter  and  the 
plaintiffs  have  filed  an  appeal  with  the  Alaska  Supreme  Court  challenging  that  denial.  The  trial  court 
dismissed  two  of  the  stores  involved  in  the  first  lawsuit  because  none  of  the  named  plaintiffs  had 
purchased  any  vehicles  from  the  two  stores.  The  plaintiffs  have  also  appealed  that  dismissal  to  the 
Alaska Supreme Court. Both the private lawsuits, as well as the implementation of the settlement with the 
State of Alaska, have been stayed pending a ruling in the appeal of the State of Alaska case. 

Washington State B&O Tax Suit 

On October 19, 2005, Marcia Johnson and Theron Johnson (the “Johnsons”), on their own behalf and on 
behalf  of  a  proposed  plaintiff  class  of  all  other  similarly  situated  individuals  and  entities,  filed  suit  in  the 
Superior  Court  for  the  State  of  Washington,  Spokane  County  (Case  No.  05205059-9).  The  Johnsons 
sued Lithia Motors, Inc., and one of Lithia’s wholly-owned subsidiaries, individually and as representatives 
of  a  proposed  defendant  class  of  other  motor  vehicle  dealers,  asking  for  an  award  of  declaratory  and 
injunctive relief, and damages, based on defendants’ allegedly illegal practice of itemizing and collecting 
the  Washington  State  Business  and  Occupation  Tax  (“B&O  Tax”)  from  customers  buying  vehicles  from 
defendants.  

The allegations in the Johnson case involve legal issues similar to those that were litigated in the case of 
Nelson vs. Appleway Chevrolet, Inc. (the “Nelson case”). By agreement of the parties, the Johnson case 
was stayed while the Nelson case, which had been filed in 2004, was appealed to the Washington State 
Supreme Court.  

In April 2007, the Washington Supreme Court upheld the lower court decisions in favor of the plaintiffs in 
the Nelson case. The decision was based on the Appleway dealer’s practice of adding a B&O tax charge 
to a vehicle’s purchase price after the customer and the dealer reached agreement on the vehicle’s price.  

Because  Lithia’s  subsidiary  negotiated  with  the  Johnsons  over  a  proposed  B&O  tax  charge  before 
reaching agreement with the Johnsons on a purchase price for the Johnsons’ new vehicle, Lithia and its 
subsidiary believe the subsidiary’s actions are permissible under the law as established by the Supreme 
Court’s  decision  in  the  Nelson  case.  They  moved  for  summary  judgment  based  on  the  Washington 
Supreme Court’s decision in the Nelson case.   

Shortly after the filing of that motion, the Johnsons filed an amended complaint. They added an allegation 
that  the  defendants’  actions  also  violated  Washington’s  Consumer  Protection  Act,  and  requested  an 
award of treble damages up to $10,000 for each alleged violation of the Act.  

The  Johnsons  then  cross-moved  for  partial  summary  judgment,  contending  that  the  Supreme  Court’s 
decision in the Nelson case established that Lithia and its subsidiary had violated Washington’s tax and 
Consumer  Protection  Act  laws.  After  hearing  oral  argument  on  the  motions,  the  trial  court  judge,  on 
October  12,  2007,  issued  an  oral  ruling  in  favor  of  the  Johnsons  and  against  the  Lithia  subsidiary.  The 
court denied Lithia’s and its subsidiary’s summary judgment motion. The court entered its written order to 
that effect on November 9, 2007. 

24 

 
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Lithia and its subsidiary  asked the  trial court  to certify its order as a  final judgment.   After  the  trial court 
denied their request, Lithia and its subsidiary petitioned the Washington Court of Appeals for discretionary 
review  of  the  summary  judgment  decision.  A  court  commissioner  denied  the  petition  on  February  13, 
2008.  Lithia  and  its  subsidiary  have  filed  a  motion  requesting  the  appellate  court  to  modify  the 
commissioner’s ruling and accept review. 

At  the  same  time  that  Lithia  and  its subsidiary  have  sought  appellate  review  of  the  summary  judgment 
order,  the  trial  court  proceedings  have  been  ongoing.  Although  the  parties  have  begun  discovery  and 
agreed upon a litigation schedule, the court has not yet been requested to certify a plaintiff or defendant 
class. 

Lithia  and  its  subsidiary  believe  the  Supreme  Court’s  decision  in  the  Nelson  case  establishes  that  the 
subsidiary’s  practice  was  permissible  under  Washington  tax  law.  Accordingly,  Lithia  and  its  subsidiary 
believe the decision rendered by  the trial court  judge  will be overturned by the appellate court, although 
no assurances of this outcome can be provided. We do not believe that the ultimate resolution of the case 
will have a material adverse impact on our consolidated financial statements. 

We intend to vigorously defend all matters noted above and management believes that the likelihood of a 
judgment for the amount of damages sought in any of the cases is remote. 

Item 4.  Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders 

No matters were submitted to a vote of our shareholders during the quarter ended December 31, 2007.   

PART II 

Item 5.  Market  for  Registrant’s  Common  Equity,  Related  Stockholder  Matters  and 

Issuer       

Purchases of Equity Securities 

Stock Prices and Dividends 
Our Class A common stock trades on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol LAD. The following 
table presents the high and low sale prices for our Class A common stock, as reported on the New York 
Stock Exchange Composite Tape for each of the quarters in 2006 and 2007: 

2006 
Quarter 1 
Quarter 2 
Quarter 3 
Quarter 4 

2007 
Quarter 1 
Quarter 2 
Quarter 3 
Quarter 4 

$ 

$ 

High 
36.80 
36.01 
30.59 
29.58 

31.56 
29.02 
26.19 
21.31 

$ 

$ 

Low 
29.32 
28.50 
23.33 
21.75 

26.00 
25.22 
16.54 
13.21 

The number of shareholders of record and approximate number of beneficial holders of Class A common 
stock  at  April  10,  2008  was  1,408  and  3,300,  respectively.  All  shares  of  Lithia’s  Class  B common  stock 
are held by Lithia Holding Company LLC.   

25 

 
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Dividends declared and paid on our Class A and Class B common stock during 2006 and 2007 were as 
follows: 

Quarter related to: 
2005 
Fourth quarter 

2006 
First quarter 
Second quarter 
Third quarter 
Fourth quarter 

2007 
First quarter 
Second quarter 
Third quarter 

Dividend 
amount per 
share 

  Total amount of 

dividend (in 
thousands) 

$0.12 

$2,338 

0.12 
0.14 
0.14 
0.14 

0.14 
0.14 
0.14 

2,354 
2,754 
2,738 
2,745 

2,749 
2,762 
2,762 

We  currently  intend  to  continue  paying  quarterly  dividends  similar  to  those  paid  in  2007.  However  no 
assurances  can  be  given  that  a  quarterly  cash  dividend  will  be  continued,  or,  if  continued,  will  not  be 
reduced.  The  Board  of  Directors  approved  a  quarterly  dividend  of  $0.14  per  share  with  respect  to  the 
fourth quarter of 2007. The payment of any dividends is subject to the discretion of our Board of Directors. 
In addition, our working capital, acquisition and used vehicle flooring credit facility with U.S. Bank National 
Association,  DaimlerChrysler  Financial  Services  Americas  LLC  and  Toyota  Motor  Credit  Corporation 
limits our cash dividends to $15 million per fiscal year and limits our repurchases of our common stock to 
$20  million  per  fiscal  year. Dividends  paid  in  2007  totaled  $11.0  million  and  stock  repurchased  in  2007 
totaled $5.2 million. 

Repurchases of Class A Common Stock  

We repurchased the following shares of our Class A common stock during the fourth quarter of 2007: 

October 1 to October 31 
November 1 to November 30 
December 1 to December 31 
   Total 

Total number 
of shares 
purchased 

- 
- 
1,100 
1,100 

Average 
price paid 
per share 

- 
- 
$14.05 
$14.05 

Total number of 
shares purchased 
as part of publicly 
announced plan 
478,631 
478,631 
479,731 
479,731 

  Maximum number 
of shares that may 
yet be purchased 
under the plan 
521,369 
521,369 
520,269 
520,269 

The  publicly  announced  plan  to  repurchase  up  to  a  total  of  1.0  million  shares  of  our  Class  A  common 
stock was approved by our Board of Directors in June 2000 and renewed in August 2005 and does not 
have an expiration date.  

Equity Compensation Plan Information 
Information  regarding  securities  authorized  for  issuance  under  equity  compensation  plans  is  included  in 
Item 12. 

26 

 
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Stock Performance Graph 
The following line-graph shows the annual percentage change in the cumulative total returns for the past 
five  years  on  an  assumed  $100  initial  investment  and  reinvestment  of  dividends,  on  (a)  Lithia  Motors, 
Inc.’s Class A common stock; (b) the Russell 2000; and (c) a peer group index composed of United Auto 
Group,  Inc.,  Auto  Nation,  Sonic  Automotive,  Inc.,  Group  1  Automotive,  Inc.  and  Asbury  Automotive 
Group,  the  only  other  comparable  publicly  traded  automobile  dealerships  in  the  United  States  as  of 
December 31, 2007. The peer group index utilizes the same methods of presentation and assumptions for 
the  total  return  calculation  as  does  Lithia  Motors  and  the  Russell  2000.  All  companies  in  the  peer  group 
index are weighted in accordance with their market capitalizations.  

$250

$200

$150

$100

$50

$0

Dec-02

Dec-03

Dec-04

Dec-05

Dec-06

Dec-07

Lithia Motors, Inc.

Auto Peer Group

Russell 2000

Company/Index 
Lithia Motors, Inc. 
Auto Peer Group 
Russell 2000 

Base 
Period 
  12/31/02   

12/31/03   

Indexed Returns for the Year Ended 
12/31/06   
12/31/05   

12/31/04   

$100.00 
100.00 
100.00 

  $161.63 
161.02 
147.25 

  $174.10 
161.30 
174.24 

  $207.02 
181.72 
182.18 

  $195.75 
208.88 
215.64 

12/31/07 
  $  94.35 
144.80 
212.26 

27 

 
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Item 6.  Selected Financial Data 

You should read the Selected Financial Data in conjunction with Item 7. “Management’s Discussion and 
Analysis  of  Financial  Condition  and  Results  of  Operations,”  our  Consolidated  Financial  Statements  and 
Notes thereto and other financial information contained elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. 

(In thousands, except per share amounts) 
Consolidated Statement of Operations Data: 
  Revenues: 
    New vehicle 
    Used vehicle 
    Finance and insurance 
    Service, body and parts 
    Fleet and other 
      Total revenues 
  Cost of sales 
  Gross profit 
  Selling, general and administrative(1) 
  Depreciation and amortization 
  Operating Income 
  Floorplan interest expense(2) 
  Other interest expense 
  Other income, net 
  Income from continuing operations before 

income taxes 

  Income taxes 
  Income from continuing operations 
  Income (loss) from discontinued operations, 

net of tax 
  Net income 
Basic income per share from continuing 

operations 

Basic income (loss) per share from discontinued 

operations 

Basic net income per share 
Shares used in basic per share  
Diluted income per share from continuing 

operations 

Diluted income (loss) per share from 

discontinued operations 
Diluted net income per share 
Shares used in diluted per share  

Cash dividends declared per common share 

(In thousands) 
Consolidated Balance Sheet Data: 
  Working capital 
  Inventories 
  Total assets 
  Flooring notes payable 
  Current maturities of long-term debt 
  Long-term debt, less current maturities 
  Total stockholders’ equity 

2007 

Year Ended December 31, (1) 
2005 

2006 

2004 

2003 

$  1,848,273  $  1,773,132  $  1,562,287  $  1,419,416  $  1,296,205 
659,228 
80,082 
227,466 
5,448 
2,268,429 
1,903,646 
364,783 
283,461 
9,032 
72,290 
(11,169) 
(5,672) 
1,085 

680,953 
90,781 
263,279 
6,205 
2,460,634 
2,043,704 
416,930 
313,438 
12,061 
91,431 
(11,518) 
(7,929) 
732 

862,912 
119,056 
383,380 
5,380 
3,219,001 
2,674,349 
544,652 
430,343 
20,882 
93,427 
(30,879) 
(19,943) 
788 

757,979 
104,045 
293,592 
3,793 
2,721,696 
2,245,397 
476,299 
345,770 
13,431 
117,098 
(16,520) 
(10,948) 
988 

823,991 
116,506 
331,564 
5,344 
3,050,537 
2,529,543 
520,994 
392,574 
16,498 
111,922 
(32,957) 
(14,244) 
956 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

43,393 
(17,409) 
25,984 

65,677 
(25,358) 
40,319 

90,618 
(35,225) 
55,393 

72,716 
(28,168) 
44,548 

56,534 
(22,452) 
34,082 

(4,435) 
21,549  $ 

(3,015) 
37,304  $ 

(1,766) 
53,627  $ 

1,064 

45,612  $ 

1,793 
35,875 

1.33 

$ 

2.07 

$ 

2.89 

$ 

2.37 

$ 

1.86 

(0.23) 
1.10  $ 

(0.16) 
1.91  $ 

(0.09) 
2.80  $ 

0.06 
2.43  $ 

19,530 

19,485 

19,175 

18,773 

0.10 
        1.96 
18,289 

1.26 

$ 

1.91 

$ 

2.62 

$ 

2.22 

$ 

1.84 

(0.20) 
1.06  $ 

(0.14) 
1.77  $ 

(0.08) 
2.54  $ 

0.05 
2.27  $ 

22,082 

22,102 

21,807 

20,647 

0.09 
        1.93 
18,546 

0.56  $ 

0.54  $ 

0.44  $ 

0.31  $ 

0.21 

2007 
193,447  $ 
601,759 
1,626,735 
574,140 
13,327 
332,945 
508,212 

2006 
149,701  $ 
603,306 
  1,579,357 
595,293 
16,557 
296,769 
493,393 

As of December 31, 
2005 
156,446  $ 
606,047 
  1,452,714 
530,452 
6,868 
290,551 
460,231 

2004 
124,277  $ 
535,347 
  1,255,720 
450,860 
6,565 
267,311 
405,246 

2003 
158,682 
444,130 
  1,101,767 
435,229 
14,299 
178,467 
357,542 

(1) 

Includes stock-based compensation of $3.4 million in 2007 and $3.5 million in 2006 as a result of the adoption of Statement of 
Financial  Accounting  Standards  No.  123R,  “Share-Based  Payment,”  effective  January  1,  2006.    Stock-based  compensation 
recognized was $0.5 million in 2005, $0.2 million in 2004 and $0.2 million in 2003. 

(2)  Floorplan interest expense includes ineffectiveness related to our hedged interest rate swaps of $0.1 million in 2007, and gains 
(losses)  related  to  our  interest  rate  swaps  of,  $(1.9)  million,  $4.1  million,  $3.7  million  and  $1.7  million,  respectively,  in  2006, 
2005, 2004 and 2003. 

28 

 
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations 

You should read the following discussion in conjunction with Item 1. “Business,” Item 1A. “Risk Factors” and 
our Consolidated Financial Statements and Notes thereto. 

Overview 

2007 was a challenging environment for automotive retailers. In particular, our company was impacted by 
two major factors. 

The first issue we encountered relates to the macroeconomic issues facing our country. Additionally, most 
of our regional markets were more impacted than the rest of the nation, particularly in Nevada, California, 
Oregon and Colorado. 

In  dealing  with  the  difficult  economy,  we  are  taking  steps  to  adjust  our  cost  structure  to  match  lower 
customer demand. These steps include cost cutting in the areas of personnel, travel and other inherently 
variable expenses. 

The other area that we believe impacted our short-term results was the change to a new way of serving 
our customers. This is a cultural change that we believe is critical to our long-term success as a national 
provider  of  automobiles  and  related  services.  We  expect  these  measures  to  markedly  improve  our 
customers’ experiences and will reduce our operating cost as we take out complexity in all the ways that 
we do business with our customers. 

Some of the items we believe dramatically improve the customer experience include: 

•  Adding interactive personal computers to all showrooms  to allow customers a  more  transparent 

sales transaction of a shorter duration; 

•  Centralizing inventory appraisal and control, improving the trade-in experience for customers; 
• 

L2 Auto, a customer-focused, stand-alone used vehicle store concept, has three stores currently 
open for business; and 

•  The “Assured” experience at our Lithia locations. Under this program, we offer all of our vehicles 
at  “Drive  it  Now  Pricing.” Additionally,  all  of  our  vehicle  sales  will  have  a  3-day,  500  mile  return 
policy,  100%  money  back  guarantee. Our  used  vehicles  have  an  “if  it  breaks,  we  fix  it” 
guarantee. There  is  no  deductible  and  our  guarantee  is  valid  for  sixty  days  or  3,000  miles.  All 
service work will be guaranteed at the estimate price,  and comes with a warranty for 3 years or 
50,000 miles, ensuring the customer won’t pay for the same repair twice. 

However, as  we began  to  make  these changes, they  resulted  in duplication of certain support  functions 
during  the  transition  and  a  significant  investment  in  personnel  and  technology.  While  we  believe  that 
increased customer retention and economies of scale will be realized, we are in a transition period where 
many of the benefits have not been achieved. Once implemented, we believe savings in back-office staff 
and  simplified  job functions  will  allow  us  to  reduce  office  staff  and total  personnel  costs  in  the  sale  and 
delivery of vehicles. 

Our acquisition model is focused on acquiring new vehicle stores where the store is the dominant or the 
only franchise of that brand in the market. Our goal is to improve the operations of all four departments of 
every  store  we  acquire.  Since  1996,  our  ability  to  integrate  the  stores  that  we  acquire  continues  to 
improve. We have also developed a better process for identifying acquisition targets that fit our operating 
model.  Our  cash  position,  substantial  lines  of  credit,  plus  an  experienced  and  well-trained  staff  are  all 
available to facilitate our continued growth as opportunities develop. 

We  believe  the  current  challenging  economic  environment  will  lead  to  a  reduction  in  prices  paid  for 
dealerships  in  the  coming  months.  Also,  our  focus  on  current  corporate  initiatives  and  L2  Auto  will 
demand  more  attention  by  our  management  team  and  support  personnel.  Therefore,  we  anticipate  a 

29 

 
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
reduced pace of acquisitions throughout 2008. However, we remain committed to evaluating opportunities 
for future acquisitions. 

Our  current  new  vehicle  revenue  mix  is  weighted  towards  domestic  brands  at  approximately  62%.  Our 
strategy  is  to  target  a  more  balanced  mix  between  our  domestic,  import  and  luxury  brands  in  the  years 
ahead.  Approximately  98%  of  our  acquisition  revenues  in  2007  were  from  import  and  luxury  brands, 
contributing  to  an  improvement  in  our  import/domestic  mix,  especially  as  we  continue  to  dispose  of  our 
lowest performing domestic stores.  

In keeping with this model, we acquired five stores and one franchise in 2007 with total estimated annual 
revenues  of  approximately  $115  million.  At  April  10,  2008,  we  had  three  stores  held  for  sale  with  their 
results  of  operations  displayed  as  discontinued  operations.  Combined  annual  revenues  of  stores 
disposed of during 2007 and those held for sale at April 10, 2008 were approximately $140 million.  

We expect that manufacturers will continue to offer incentives on new vehicle sales during 2008 through a 
combination of repricing strategies, rebates, lease programs, early lease cancellation programs  and low 
interest  rate  loans  to  consumers.  To  complement  the  manufacturers’  incentive  strategy,  we  employ  a 
volume-based  strategy  for  our  new  vehicle  sales.  Chrysler,  which  represents  approximately  40%  of  our 
new vehicle sales, has moved to a new incentive program providing approximately $400 in incentives per 
vehicle. This is  a revision  from prior years, which provided a tiered sales incentive based on year-over-
year sales improvements. 

Results of Continuing Operations  
Certain revenue, gross profit margin and gross profit information by product line was as follows for 2007, 
2006 and 2005: 

 2007 
New vehicle ......................................................................................................................... 
Used vehicle, retail.............................................................................................................. 
Used vehicle, wholesale ..................................................................................................... 
Finance and insurance(1)..................................................................................................... 
Service, body and parts ...................................................................................................... 
Fleet and other……………………………………………………………. 

Percent of 
Total Revenues 
57.4% 
21.7 
5.1 
3.7 
11.9 
0.2 

 2006 
New vehicle ......................................................................................................................... 
Used vehicle, retail.............................................................................................................. 
Used vehicle, wholesale ..................................................................................................... 
Finance and insurance(1)..................................................................................................... 
Service, body and parts ...................................................................................................... 
Fleet and other……………………………………………………………. 

Percent of 
Total Revenues 
58.1% 
22.2 
4.8 
3.8 
10.9 
0.2 

Percent of 
 2005 
Total Revenues 
New vehicle ......................................................................................................................... 
Used vehicle, retail.............................................................................................................. 
Used vehicle, wholesale ..................................................................................................... 
Finance and insurance(1)..................................................................................................... 
Service, body and parts ...................................................................................................... 
Fleet and other……………………………………………………………. 

57.4% 
23.1 
4.8 
3.8 
10.8 
0.1 

(1)  Commissions reported net of anticipated cancellations. 

Gross 
Profit 
Margin 
7.4% 

14.8 
1.9 
100.0 
47.0 
28.3 

Gross 
Profit 
Margin 
7.7% 

15.3 
2.5 
100.0 
48.2 
29.6 

Gross 
Profit 
Margin 
8.0% 

16.0 
2.9 
100.0 
48.0 
37.0 

Percent of Total 
Gross Profit 
25.2% 
19.0 
0.5 
21.9 
33.1 
0.3 

Percent of Total 
Gross Profit 
26.1% 
19.8 
0.7 
22.4 
30.7 
0.3 

Percent of Total 
Gross Profit 
26.3% 
21.2 
0.8 
21.8 
29.6 
0.3 

30 

 
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The  following  table  sets  forth  selected  condensed  financial  data  expressed  as  a  percentage  of  total 
revenues for the periods indicated below.  

Year Ended December 31, (1) 
2006 

2005 

2007 

Revenues: 
  New vehicle 
  Used vehicle 
  Finance and insurance 
  Service, body and parts 
  Fleet and other  
    Total revenues 
Gross profit 
Selling, general and administrative expenses 
Depreciation and amortization 
Operating income 
Floorplan interest expense 
Other interest expense 
Other income, net 
Income from continuing operations before income taxes 
Income tax expense 
Income from continuing operations 

(1)  The percentages may not add due to rounding. 

57.4% 
26.8 
3.7 
11.9 
0.2 
100.0% 
16.9 
13.4 
0.6 
2.9 
1.0 
0.6 
0.0 
1.3 
0.5 
0.8% 

58.1% 
27.0 
3.8 
10.9 
0.2 
100.0% 
17.1 
12.9 
0.5 
3.7 
1.1 
0.5 
0.0 
2.2 
0.8 
1.3% 

57.4% 
27.9 
3.8 
10.8 
0.1 
100.0% 
17.5 
12.7 
0.5 
4.3 
0.6 
0.4 
0.0 
3.3 
1.3 
2.0% 

The  following  tables  set  forth  the  changes  in  our  operating  results  from  continuing  operations  in  2007 
compared to 2006 and in 2006 compared to 2005: 

(In Thousands) 
Revenues: 
  New vehicle 
  Used vehicle 
  Finance and insurance 
  Service, body and parts 
  Fleet and other 
    Total revenues 
Cost of sales: 
  New vehicle 
  Used vehicle 
  Service, body and parts 
  Fleet and other 
    Total cost of sales 
Gross profit 
Selling, general and administrative 
Depreciation and amortization 
Operating income 
Floorplan interest expense 
Other interest expense 
Other income, net 
Income from continuing operations before income 

taxes 

Income tax expense 
Income from continuing operations 

Year Ended  
December 31, 

2007 

2006 

Increase 
(Decrease) 

% 
Increase 
(Decrease) 

$ 

1,848,273  $ 
862,912 
119,056 
383,380 
5,380 
3,219,001 

1,773,132  $ 
823,991 
116,506 
331,564 
5,344 
3,050,537 

1,711,049 
756,425 
203,019 
3,856 
2,674,349 
544,652 
430,343 
20,882 
93,427 
(30,879) 
(19,943) 
788 

1,637,299 
716,866 
171,618 
3,760 
2,529,543 
520,994 
392,574 
16,498 
111,922 
(32,957) 
(14,244) 
956 

43,393 
(17,409) 
25,984  $ 

65,677 
(25,358) 
40,319  $ 

$ 

75,141 
38,921 
2,550 
51,816 
36 
168,464 

73,750 
39,559 
31,401 
96 
144,806 
23,658 
37,769 
4,384 
(18,495) 
(2,078) 
5,699 
(168) 

(22,284) 
(7,949) 
(14,335) 

4.2% 
4.7 
2.2 
15.6 
0.7 
5.5 

4.5 
5.5 
18.3 
2.6 
5.7 
4.5 
9.6 
26.6 
(16.5) 
(6.3) 
40.0 
(17.6) 

(33.9) 
(31.3) 
(35.6)% 

31 

 
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
New units sold 
Average selling price per new vehicle 

Used retail units sold 
Average selling price per used retail vehicle 

Used wholesale units sold 
Average selling price per used wholesale vehicle 

Finance and insurance sales per retail unit 

(In Thousands) 
Revenues: 
  New vehicle 
  Used vehicle 
  Finance and insurance 
  Service, body and parts 
  Fleet and other 
    Total revenues 
Cost of sales: 
  New vehicle 
  Used vehicle 
  Service, body and parts 
  Fleet and other 
    Total cost of sales 
Gross profit 
Selling, general and administrative 
Depreciation and amortization 
Operating Income  
Floorplan interest expense 
Other interest expense 
Other income, net 
Income from continuing operations before income 

taxes 

Income tax expense 
Income from continuing operations 

New units sold 
Average selling price per new vehicle 

Used retail units sold 
Average selling price per used retail vehicle 

Used wholesale units sold 
Average selling price per used wholesale vehicle 

Finance and insurance sales per retail unit 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

Year Ended  
December 31, 

2007 

63,470 
29,120  $ 

41,638 
16,739  $ 

25,517 

6,503  $ 

2006 
63,960 
27,723 

41,808 
16,175 

24,213 
6,102 

1,133  $ 

1,102 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

Increase 
(Decrease) 
(490) 
1,397 

% 
Increase 
(Decrease) 
(0.8)% 
5.0 

(170) 
564 

1,304 
401 

31 

(0.4) 
3.5 

5.4 
6.6 

2.8% 

Year Ended  
December 31, 

2006 

2005 

Increase 
(Decrease) 

% 
Increase 
(Decrease) 

1,773,132  $ 
823,991 
116,506 
331,564 
5,344 
3,050,537 

1,562,287  $ 
757,979 
104,045 
293,592 
3,793 
2,721,696 

1,637,299 
716,866 
171,618 
3,760 
2,529,543 
520,994 
392,574 
16,498 
111,922 
(32,957) 
(14,244) 
956 

1,437,078 
653,325 
152,603 
2,391 
2,245,397 
476,299 
345,770 
13,431 
117,098 
(16,520) 
(10,948) 
988 

65,677 
(25,358) 
40,319  $ 

90,618 
(35,225) 
55,393  $ 

Year Ended  
December 31, 

2006 

63,960 
27,723  $ 

41,808 
16,175  $ 

24,213 

6,102  $ 

2005 
56,190 
27,804 

40,810 
15,421 

22,309 
5,766 

1,102  $ 

1,073 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

210,845 
66,012 
12,461 
37,972 
1,551 
328,841 

200,221 
63,541 
19,015 
1,369 
284,146 
44,695 
46,804 
3,067 
(5,176) 
16,437 
3,296 
(32) 

(24,941) 
(9,867) 
(15,074) 

13.5% 
8.7 
12.0 
12.9 
40.9 
12.1 

13.9 
9.7 
12.5 
57.3 
12.7 
9.4 
13.5 
22.8 
(4.4) 
99.5 
30.1 
(3.2) 

(27.5) 
(28.0) 
(27.2)% 

Increase 
(Decrease) 
7,770 
(81) 

% 
Increase 
(Decrease) 
13.8% 
(0.3) 

998 
754 

1,904 
336 

29 

2.4 
4.9 

8.5 
5.8 

2.7% 

32 

 
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Revenues  
Total  revenues  increased  5.5%  and  12.1%,  respectively,  in  2007  compared  to  2006  and  in  2006 
compared to 2005.   

2007 Results 
The increase in 2007 compared to 2006 was a result of acquisitions, partially offset by a 3.7% decrease 
in  same-store  sales,  excluding  fleet.  2007  faced  a  difficult  comparison  with  2006  when  total  same-store 
sales grew by 4.1%. The decrease in same-store sales in 2007 was also impacted by a weak retail sales 
environment, especially with our domestic brands. This was related to the ripple effect from the struggling 
housing market, high gas prices and consumer debt pressures. 

Same-store sales percentage increases (decreases) were as follows: 

2007 compared to 2006 

2006 compared to 2005 

New vehicle retail, excluding fleet 
Used vehicle, retail 
Used vehicle, wholesale 
Total vehicle sales, excluding fleet 
Finance and insurance 
Service, body and parts 
Total sales, excluding fleet 

(4.8)% 
(6.2) 
3.4 
(4.7) 
(3.9) 
3.9 
(3.7) 

5.0% 
0.5 
8.3 
4.0 
5.4 
4.4 
4.1 

Same-store  sales  are  calculated  for  stores  that  were  in  operation  as  of  December  31,  2006,  and  only 
including  the  months  of  operations  for  both  comparable  periods.  For  example, a  store  acquired  in  June 
2006 would be included in same store operating data  beginning in July 2006,  after its first  full complete 
comparable  month  of  operation. Thus,  operating  results  for  same  store  comparisons would  include  only 
the periods of July through December of both comparable years.    

The  decline  in  new  vehicle  same-store  sales  in  2007  compared  to  2006  was  primarily  due  to  a 
challenging  sales  environment  in  2007  and  declining  sales  of  domestic  manufacturers’  vehicles  that 
represent  a  large  percentage  of  our  new  vehicle  sales.  Prior  year  comparisons  were  high  due  to 
aggressive  manufacturer  incentive  programs,  which  were  not  sustained  at  those  high  levels  in  2007. 
Same-store  unit  sales  were  down  8.2%  in  2007  compared  to  2006.  The  decreases  in  same-store  unit 
sales were partially offset by a 3.7% increase in same-store average selling prices.  

The  decline  in  same-store  used  retail  vehicle  sales  in  2007  compared  to  2006  was  primarily  due  to  the 
challenging  sales  environment  mentioned  above.  Same-store  retail  unit  sales  decreased  8.4%  in  2007 
compared  to 2006. The same-store unit decrease was partially offset by a 2.4%  increase in same-store 
average selling prices.  

The increase in used wholesale vehicle same-store sales in 2007 compared to 2006 resulted from a 6.6% 
increase  in  same-store  average  selling  prices,  partially  offset  by  a  3.0%  decrease  in  same-store  unit 
sales.  

Same-store  finance  and  insurance  sales  were  negatively  affected  in  2007  compared  to  2006  by 
decreases  in  same-store  vehicle  unit  sales,  which  lowered  the  overall  opportunity  for  finance  and 
insurance sales.  This was offset by a 4.8% same-store increase  in  the  finance and insurance sales  per 
unit in 2007 compared to 2006.  

Penetration rates for certain products were as follows: 

Finance and insurance 
Service contracts 
Lifetime oil change and filter 

2007 
76% 
42 
37 

2005 
75% 
43 
39 

2006 
76% 
43 
39 

33 

 
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The increase in same-store service, body and parts sales in 2007 compared to 2006 was primarily due to 
a 4.0% increase in the customer-paid portion of the business. The customer-paid portion of the business 
excludes warranty and currently represents approximately 82% of total service, body and parts sales. In 
addition, we realized a 3.4% increase in same-store warranty sales. 

2006 Results 
During  2006,  we  focused  on  new  vehicle  sales  to  gain  market  share  and  create  long-term  parts  and 
services  business,  which  resulted  in  a  5.0%  increase  in  same-store  new  vehicle  retail  sales  in  2006 
compared  to  2005  and  compared  to  an  approximately  2.6%  decrease  in  the  industry  during  the  same 
period. These industry figures include a large number of fleet sales, so industry retail figures were down 
substantially  more.  Improvements  in  same-store  used  vehicle  sales  were  minor  as  a  result  of  the 
heightened focus on new vehicle sales in 2006. The increases in unit sales also benefited our parts and 
service  business.  The  improvements  in  finance  and  insurance  same-store  sales  resulted  primarily  from 
the unit increases in sales of both new and used vehicles during 2006 compared to 2005. 

The  increase  in  total  sales  for  2006  compared  to  2005  was  a  result  of  acquisitions,  as  well  as  a  4.1% 
increase  in  same-store  sales,  excluding  fleet.  We  believe  that  our  strong  operating  systems,  integrated 
store  network  and  regional  market  focus  contributed  to  our  same-store  sales  increase,  especially  in  the 
new vehicle sales.  

Future Outlook 
We anticipate a continued weak economic environment throughout 2008. We expect same-store sales to 
decline  approximately  3%  to  5%,  with  modest  increases  in  service  and  parts  revenue  being  more  than 
offset  by  a  decline  in  new  and  used  vehicle  sales.  However,  in  this  volatile  and  weak  environment,  a 
significantly  steeper  decline  in  sales  could  occur.  We  believe  that,  over  the  longer  term,  our  improved, 
customer-oriented selling system will result in increases in same store-sales above industry average. 

Gross Profit  
Gross  profit  increased  $23.7  million  in  2007  compared  to  2006  and  increased  $44.7  million  in  2006 
compared to 2005 due to increased total revenues as margins in almost every category dropped in both 
periods.  

Gross profit margins achieved were as follows: 

 Year Ended December 31, 
2006 

2007 

New vehicle .......................................................................  
Retail used vehicle............................................................  14.8 
Wholesale used vehicles ..................................................  
1.9 
Finance and insurance .....................................................   100.0 
Service, body and parts ....................................................   47.0 
Overall ..............................................................................   16.9 

7.4% 

7.7% 

15.3 
2.5 
100.0 
48.2 
17.1 

 Year Ended December 31, 
2005 

2006 

New vehicle .......................................................................  
Retail used vehicle............................................................  15.3 
Wholesale used vehicles ..................................................  
2.5 
Finance and insurance .....................................................   100.0 
Service, body and parts ....................................................   48.2 
Overall ..............................................................................   17.1 

7.7% 

8.0% 

16.0 
2.9 
100.0 
48.0 
17.5 

* A basis point is equal to 1/100th of one percent. 

Basis Point 
Change* 
(30)bp 
(50) 
(60) 
- 
(120) 
(20) 

Basis Point 
Change* 
(30)bp 
(70) 
(40) 
- 
20 
(40) 

34 

 
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
New Vehicle and  Retail Used Vehicle Gross Profit 
Gross profit margins for both new vehicle and retail used vehicle sales in 2007 decreased primarily as a 
result of the challenging retail sales environment.  

The  decrease  in  new  vehicle  gross  profit  margin  in  2006  compared  to  2005  was  due  to  our  focus  on 
selling volume and gaining market share in 2006.  

The  decrease  in  retail  used  vehicle  gross  profit  margin  in  2006  compared  to  2005  was  due  to  a 
comparison  to  unusually  high  gross  margins  achieved  in  2005,  which  resulted  primarily  from  a  healthy 
supply of good-quality trade-ins during the employee pricing programs.  

Used Wholesale Gross Profit 
The decrease in wholesale used vehicle gross profit margin over the past two years was due to wholesale 
market  conditions,  a  focus  on  retailing  more  used  vehicles  and  pricing  trade-ins  nearer  to  true  market 
value.  Our  ability  to  provide  customers  with  a  better  value  for  their  trade-ins,  pricing  closer  to  their  true 
market value, has been improved by our use of technology. This, however, lowers the gross profit margin 
we are able to achieve on the re-sale of these trade-ins. In addition, as we focus on retailing more used 
vehicles, we are left with the lower-quality used vehicles for wholesaling, which also contributed to lower 
gross  profit  margins.  We  dispose  of  our  wholesale  used  vehicles  by  using  centralized  controls,  holding 
our own local used vehicle auctions and managing the disposal of units at larger third party auctions.    

Service, Body and Parts Gross Profit 
Gross  profit  margins  in  the  service,  body  and  parts  business  line  decreased  in  2007  compared  to  2006 
partially due to a shift in mix towards selling more parts and accessories, which carry lower margins than 
the  service  side  of  the  business.  However,  due  to  an  increase  in  volume,  same–store  gross  profit 
increased 0.6% in 2007 compared to 2006.  

The  increase  in  service,  body  and  parts  gross  profit  margin  in  2006  compared  to  2005 was  due  to  our 
continued  focus  on  service  advisor  training,  which  has  led  to  gains  in  the  sale  of  higher  margin  service 
items and increases in customer-pay business, as well as a number of pricing and cost saving initiatives.  

Future Outlook 
Most  of  the  margin  shift  we  have  experienced  in  recent  years  is  a  result  of  an  attempt  to  emphasize  a 
volume-based strategy throughout our business. We believe this trend will continue and we expect gross 
margins  in  all  business  lines  in  future  periods  to  remain  substantially  the  same  as  experienced  in  the 
current period. However, an extended or deep recession or a significant further decrease in new vehicle 
sales in our markets, would likely further erode our margins during such period. 

Selling, General and Administrative Expense  
Selling, general and administrative expense (“SG&A”) includes salaries and related personnel expenses, 
facility lease expense, advertising (net of manufacturer cooperative advertising credits), legal, accounting, 
professional services and general corporate expenses. 

SG&A increased $37.8 million in 2007 compared to 2006 and increased $46.8 million in 2006 compared 
to  2005.  SG&A  as  a  percentage  of  revenue  was  13.4%,  12.9%  and  12.7%,  respectively,  in  2007,  2006 
and 2005.  

35 

 
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The increases in dollars spent were primarily due to the following: 

Increase related to acquisitions  
Increase in expense related to L2 Auto 
Increase in employee benefits 
Asset impairment 
Savings in salaries and bonuses 
Savings in travel expense 
Savings in advertising expense 
Other expenses  

Increase related to acquisitions  
Increase in salaries and bonuses 
Increase in stock-based compensation 
Increase in workers’ compensation insurance 
Increase in utilities 
Increase in legal and professional fees 
Increase in travel expense 
Other expenses  

2007 compared to 2006 

$35.3 million 
$4.7 million 
$3.3 million 
$2.0 million 
$(6.8) million 
$(2.0) million 
$(1.8) million 
$3.1 million 

2006 compared to 2005 

$28.4 million 
$4.7 million 
$3.0 million 
$2.5 million 
$1.6 million 
$1.5 million 
$1.4 million 
$3.7 million 

One  of  our  largest  expenses,  sales  compensation,  was  down  30  basis  points  as  a  percentage  of  gross 
profit in 2007 compared with 2006. In addition, advertising was flat as a percentage of gross profit in 2007 
compared with 2006. These results were primarily due to management’s focus on expense control at our 
stores and savings related to our operational initiatives. 

After  salaries  and  wages,  the  next  four  largest  expense  categories,  sales  compensation,  payroll  taxes, 
rent and advertising, all improved or were flat as a percentage of gross profit in 2006 compared to 2005.  

The $2.0 million asset impairment included in SG&A in 2007 included $0.1 million related to the closure of 
a  Hyundai  franchise  and  $1.9  million  related  to  the  annual  impairment  test  on  indefinite-lived  intangible 
assets  required  under  SFAS  No.  142,  “Goodwill  and  Other  Intangible  Assets.”  Our  franchise  values  are 
tested  on  October  1  of  each  year  to  ensure  that  the  discounted  future  cash  flows  exceed  the  current 
carrying value of the assets. On an individual basis, a Ford and a Chevrolet franchise held by us did not 
pass the impairment test and were reduced in carrying value by $1.9 million in the fourth quarter of 2007. 
For more information, please refer to “Critical Accounting Policies and Use of Estimates” below. 

SG&A  as  a  percentage  of  gross  profit  is  an  industry  standard  for  measuring  performance  relative  to 
SG&A.  As a result of expenses detailed above, as well as costs related to our investments in personnel 
for  our  centralization  efforts,  L2  Auto  and  the  other  initiatives,  SG&A  as  a  percentage  of  gross  profit 
increased by 360 basis points in 2007 compared to 2006.  

SG&A as a percentage of gross profit was as follows:  

Year Ended December 31, 
2006 
75.4% 

2007 
79.0% 

2005 
72.6% 

Our  5-year  year-to-date  historical  average  was  76.0%.  In  2008,  due  to  continued  economic  weakness 
and investments in technology and personnel, we expect SG&A as a percentage of gross profit to be in 
the 79%  to 81% range. We  anticipate achieving a positive long-term impact related to  the investment in 
our initiatives by a reduction in SG&A as a percentage of gross profit in future periods to the low 70s.  

Of  the 280 basis point increase  in SG&A  as a percentage of gross profit in 2006 compared to 2005, 75 
basis  points  related  to  the  change  in  stock-based  compensation  and  a  charge  for  a  worker’s 
compensation claim.  

36 

 
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Depreciation and Amortization   
Depreciation and amortization increased $4.4 million and $3.1 million, respectively, in 2007 compared to 
2006 and in 2006 compared to 2005 due to the addition of property and equipment primarily related to our 
acquisitions, as well as improvements  to existing facilities and equipment costs related to our initiatives. 
Depreciation  –  Buildings  is  comprised  of  depreciation  expense  related  to  buildings  and  significant 
remodels  or  betterments.  Depreciation  and  Amortization  –  Other,  is  comprised  of  depreciation expense 
related  to  furniture,  tools  and  equipment  and  signage  and  amortization  of  certain  intangible  assets, 
including customer lists and non-compete agreements. We expect this expense to grow as we continue to 
upgrade facilities and equipment in future years.  

Operating Income   
Operating margins decreased by 80 basis points to 2.9% in 2007 compared to 3.7% in 2006 due primarily 
to  the  decrease  in  gross  profit  margins  and  increased  SG&A  and  depreciation  and  amortization  as 
discussed above. 

Operating margins decreased by 60 basis points to 3.7% in 2006 compared to 4.3% in 2005, due to the 
decrease in overall gross profit margin and the increase in SG&A as discussed above.  

Floorplan Interest Expense   
Floorplan  interest  expense  decreased  $2.1  million  in  2007  compared  to  2006.  In  2006,  we  recorded  a 
$1.9  million  charge  to  floorplan  interest  expense  related  to  our  interest  rate  swaps.  In  2007,  we 
designated our interest rate swaps as cash flow hedging instruments and, accordingly, changes in the fair 
value  of  our  interest  rate  swaps  were  recorded  in  Accumulated  Other  Comprehensive  Income.  We 
realized a decrease of $2.9 million as a result of a decrease in the average outstanding balances of our 
floorplan  facilities.  In  addition,  we  realized  an  increase  of  $0.2  million  as  a  result  of  changes  in  the 
average interest rates on our floorplan facilities and an increase of $0.6 million related to our interest rate 
swaps. 

Floorplan interest expense increased $16.4 million in 2006 compared to 2005. An increase of $8.9 million 
resulted from increases in the average interest rates on our floorplan facilities, an increase of $4.8 million 
resulted from increases in the average outstanding balances of our floorplan facilities and an increase of 
$2.7 million related to our interest rate swaps.  

Other Interest Expense  
Other  interest  expense  includes  interest  on  our  senior  subordinated  convertible  notes,  debt  incurred 
related to acquisitions, real estate mortgages and our working capital, acquisition and used vehicle line of 
credit. 

Other  interest  expense  increased  $5.7  million  in  2007  compared  to  2006.  Changes  in  the  average 
outstanding  balances  resulted  in  an  increase  of  approximately  $7.5  million.  A  decrease  in  the  weighted 
average interest rate on our debt resulted in a $0.1 million decrease in expense. Interest expense related 
to the $85.0 million of senior subordinated convertible notes that were issued in May 2004 currently totals 
approximately $767,000 per quarter, which consists of $611,000 of contractual interest and $156,000 of 
amortization of debt issuance costs.  

Other  interest  expense  increased  $3.3  million  in  2006  compared  to  2005.  Changes  in  the  weighted-
average  interest  rate  on  our  debt  increased  other  interest  expense  by  approximately  $1.5  million  and 
changes in the average outstanding balances resulted in an increase of approximately $2.3 million.  

Other  interest  expense  was  reduced  by  $3.2  million,  $1.5  million  and  $0.9  million,  respectively,  due  to 
capitalized interest on construction projects in 2007, 2006 and 2005. 

37 

 
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Income Tax Expense   
Our effective tax rate was 40.1% in 2007, 38.6% in 2006 and 38.9% in 2005. Our federal income tax rate 
is 35% and our state income tax rate is currently 3.02%, which varies with the mix of states where our stores 
are  located. We  also  have  certain  non-deductible  expenses  and  other  adjustments  that  increase  our 
effective rate. In 2007, the effect of non-deductible expenses was magnified by a decline in income due to 
the slower sales environment. 

Income from Continuing Operations  
Income  from  continuing  operations  as  a  percentage  of  revenue  declined  by  50  basis  points  in  2007 
compared  to  2006  as  a  result  of  the  decreased  gross  profit  margin,  increased  SG&A,  depreciation  and 
amortization and other interest expense as a percentage of revenue being offset by decreased floorplan 
interest expense and income tax expense as a percentage of revenue. 

Income from continuing operations as a percentage of revenue decreased in 2006 compared to 2005 as 
a  result  of  the  decreased  overall  gross  profit  margin  and  increased  SG&A  and  interest  expense  as  a 
percentage of revenue. 

Discontinued Operations 
During 2007, we added three stores and one body shop to those classified as discontinued operations. In 
the  third  quarter  of  2007,  we  disposed  of  two  of  those  stores  and  the  body  shop.  As  of  December  31, 
2007, we had three stores held for sale. During 2006, we disposed of two of our stores that were held for 
sale  at  December  31,  2005  and  classified  two  additional  stores  as  discontinued  operations,  which  were 
held for sale at December 31, 2006. During 2005, we sold a building we had held  for sale at December 
31, 2004, sold one store and classified two additional stores as discontinued operations, which were held 
for sale at December 31, 2005. 

Results  of  operations  of  these  stores  are  shown  within  discontinued  operations  on  the  consolidated 
statements of operations. Certain financial information related to discontinued operations was as follows 
(in thousands): 

Year Ended December 31, 
Revenue 
Pre-tax loss from discontinued operations 
Net gain (loss) on disposal activities 

Income tax benefit 
Loss from discontinued operations, net of income taxes 
Amount of goodwill and other intangible assets disposed of 

$ 
$ 

2007 
112,853 
(1,886) 
(3,874) 
(5,760) 
1,325 
(4,435)  $ 
$ 
8,722 

2006 
183,002 
(4,050) 
(911) 
(4,961) 
1,946 
(3,015) 
3,552 

$ 
$ 

$ 
$ 

2005 
262,936 
(2,951) 
27 
(2,924) 
1,158 
(1,766) 
4,406 

$ 
$ 

$ 
$ 

Interest  expense  is  allocated  to  stores  classified  as  discontinued  operations  for  actual  flooring  interest 
expense directly related to the new vehicles in the store. Interest expense related to our working capital, 
acquisition  and  used  vehicle  credit  facility  is  allocated  based  on  the  amount  of  assets  pledged  towards 
the total borrowing base.  

Assets held for sale included the following (in thousands): 

December 31,  
Inventories 
Property, plant and equipment 
Goodwill and other intangible assets 

2007 
12,550 
10,459 
798 
23,807 

$ 

$ 

2006 
11,594 
2,949 
942 
15,485 

$ 

$ 

Liabilities held for sale included the following (in thousands): 

December 31,  
Floorplan notes payable 
Real estate debt 

2007 
10,391 
7,466 
17,857 

$ 

$ 

2006 

9,605 
2,005 
11,610 

$ 

$ 

38 

 
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Selected Consolidated Quarterly Financial Data 
The following tables set forth our unaudited quarterly financial data(1). 

  March 31   

  June 30 

  September 30 

December 31 

Three Months Ended, 

(in thousands, except per share data ) 

2007 
Revenues: 
  New vehicle sales ..................................................................... $437,507 
  Used vehicle sales ....................................................................  213,034 
  Finance and insurance…………………………………..... 
29,644 
  Service, body and parts............................................................  93,642 
  Fleet and other..........................................................................          690    
     Total revenues .......................................................................  774,517 
Cost of sales ...............................................................................  638,653 
Gross profit..................................................................................  135,864 
Selling, general and administrative ............................................  107,430 
Depreciation and amortization....................................................       4,763 
Operating income........................................................................  23,671 
Floorplan interest expense ......................................................... 
(7,354) 
Other interest expense ............................................................... 
(4,628) 
Other, net ....................................................................................          212 
Income (loss) from continuing operations before income 
taxes ............................................................................................ 
11,901 
Income tax (provision) benefit ....................................................      (4,676) 
Income (loss) before discontinued operations ........................... 
7,225 
Discontinued operations, net of tax............................................         (150) 
Net income (loss) ........................................................................ $    7,075 

Basic income (loss) per share from continuing operations ....... $      0.37 
Basic loss per share from discontinued operations...................        (0.01) 
Basic net income (loss) per share.............................................. $      0.36 

Diluted income (loss) per share from continuing 
operations.................................................................................... 
$      0.35 
Diluted loss per share from discontinued operations ................        (0.01) 
Diluted net income (loss) per share ........................................... $      0.34 

$515,234 
238,936 
33,143 
96,515 
    1,306 
885,134 
736,814 
148,320 
112,143 
    5,097 
31,080 
(8,480) 
(5,039) 
       113 

17,674 
   (7,022) 
10,652 
   (2,709) 
$    7,943 

$      0.55 
      (0.14) 
$      0.41 

$      0.50 
     (0.12) 
$      0.38 

$494,882 
231,868 
32,701 
97,932 
     2,343 
859,726 
714,835 
144,891 
107,587 
    5,289 
32,015 
(8,236) 
(4,900) 
       144 

19,023 
   (7,713) 
11,310 
        (73) 
$  11,237 

$      0.58 
             - 
$      0.58 

$400,650 
179,074 
23,568 
95,291 
     1,041 
699,624 
584,047 
115,577 
103,183 
    5,733 
6,661 
(6,809) 
(5,376) 
       319 

(5,205) 
    2,002 
(3,203) 
    (1,503) 
$   (4,706) 

$   (0.16) 
   (0.08) 
$   (0.24) 

$      0.53 
             - 
$      0.53 

$   (0.16) 
   (0.08) 
$   (0.24) 

  March 31   

  June 30 

  September 30 

December 31 

Three Months Ended, 

(in thousands, except per share data ) 

2006 
Revenues: 
  New vehicle sales ..................................................................... $404,089 
  Used vehicle sales ....................................................................  196,120 
  Finance and insurance…………………………………..... 
26,418 
  Service, body and parts............................................................  78,086 
  Fleet and other..........................................................................       1,153 
     Total revenues .......................................................................  705,866 
Cost of sales ...............................................................................  582,231 
Gross profit..................................................................................  123,635 
Selling, general and administrative ............................................  94,364 
Depreciation and amortization....................................................      3,841 
Operating Income .......................................................................  25,430 
Floorplan interest expense ......................................................... 
(5,061) 
Other interest expense ............................................................... 
(3,023) 
Other, net ....................................................................................         376 
Income from continuing operations before income taxes..........  17,722 
Income taxes...............................................................................     (6,903) 
Income before discontinued operations .....................................  10,819 
Discontinued operations, net of tax............................................     (1,451) 
Net income .................................................................................. $    9,368 

Basic income per share from continuing operations.................. $      0.56 
Basic loss per share from discontinued operations...................       (0.08) 
Basic net income per share ........................................................ $      0.48 

Diluted income per share from continuing operations ............... $      0.51 
Diluted loss per share from discontinued operations ................        (0.06) 
Diluted net income per share...................................................... $      0.45 

 (1) Quarterly data may not add to yearly totals due to rounding. 

39 

$468,710 
219,149 
31,487 
81,099 
        796 
801,241 
664,832 
136,409 
100,596 
    4,007 
31,806 
(7,800) 
(3,312) 
       261 
20,955 
   (8,834) 
12,121 
        (230) 
$  11,891 

$      0.62 
      (0.01) 
$      0.61 

$      0.57 
      (0.01) 
$      0.56 

$488,113 
226,468 
32,644 
85,393 
      1,832 
834,450 
 695,449 
139,001 
102,466 
     4,204 
32,331 
(12,358) 
(3,482) 
        128 
16,619 
    (5,933) 
10,686 
         (170) 
$  10,516 

$      0.55 
      (0.01) 
$      0.54 

$      0.51 
      (0.01) 
$      0.50 

$412,220 
182,254 
25,957 
86,986 
     1,563 
708,980 
 587,031 
121,949 
95,148 
     4,446 
22,355 
(7,738) 
(4,427) 
        191 
10,381 
    (3,688) 
6,693 
    (1,164) 
$    5,529 

$      0.34 
      (0.06) 
$      0.28 

$      0.33 
      (0.06) 
$      0.27 

 
    
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
In  the  fourth  quarter  of  2007,  effects  of  the  weak  retail  sales  environment,  particularly  with  our  domestic 
brands,  accelerated.  This  was  related  to  the  ripple  effect  from  the  struggling  housing  market,  high  gas 
prices, and consumer debt pressure. Additionally, we experienced higher selling, general and administrative 
expenses related to our ongoing centralization and L2 Auto initiatives, and we recorded an impairment loss 
on certain indefinite-lived intangible assets of approximately $2.0 million. 

Seasonality and Quarterly Fluctuations 

Historically,  our  sales  have  been  lower  in  the  first  and  fourth  quarters  of  each  year  due  to  consumer 
purchasing patterns during the holiday season, inclement weather in certain of our markets and the reduced 
number of  business  days during  the  holiday  season.  As  a result,  financial  performance  is  expected  to  be 
lower during the first and fourth quarters than during the second and third quarters of each fiscal year. We 
believe  that  interest  rates,  levels  of  consumer  debt,  consumer  confidence  and  manufacturer  sales 
incentives,  as  well  as  general  economic  conditions,  also  contribute  to  fluctuations  in  sales  and  operating 
results.  Acquisitions  have  also  been  a  contributor  to  fluctuations  in  our  operating  results  from  quarter  to 
quarter. 

Liquidity and Capital Resources 

On November 30, 2006, General Motors (“GM”) completed the sale of a majority equity stake in GMAC to 
an  investment  consortium.    Although  GMAC  continues  to  be  the  exclusive  provider  of  GM  financial 
products  and  services  and  continues  to  have  the  relationships  with  GM,  GM  has  indicated  in  its  public 
filings that it no longer controls the  GMAC entity.   As  a result, we treat  the financing of new vehicles by 
GMAC after the change in ownership control as a financing activity. 

Repayments of floorplan debt on vehicles financed prior to this change in control continue to be classified 
as an operating activity which reduced cash flows from operating activities by $85.6 million in 2007. On a 
non-GAAP basis,  the elimination of  the effect of the change in control would have increased cash  flows 
from operations to $36.4 million, as opposed to $(49.2) million for the year ended December 31, 2007. 

We  believe  the  reader  should  consider  this  factor  in  reviewing  our  statement  of  cash  flows  and  related 
cash  flows  from  operating  activities.  We  do  not  anticipate  this  condition  to  occur  in  future  periods  as 
floorplan financing does not typically change classification categories in the statement of cash flows. 

Our principal needs for liquidity and capital resources are to finance acquisitions and capital expenditures, 
as well as for working capital and the funding of our cash dividend payments. We have relied primarily upon 
internally generated cash flows from operations, borrowings under our credit agreements and the proceeds 
from  public  equity  and  private  debt  offerings  to  finance  operations  and  expansion.  We  believe  that  our 
available cash, cash equivalents, available lines of credit and cash flows from operations will be sufficient to 
meet  our  anticipated operating  expenses, capital  requirements,  projected  acquisitions  and  current level of 
cash dividends for at least the next 12 months from December 31, 2007. Beyond 12 months from December 
31, 2007, we anticipate the need for possible additional financing options to augment our existing cash and 
working  capital  line  of  credit  to  accommodate  our  growth  strategy  and  to  be  prepared  to  refinance  our 
2.875%  Senior  Subordinated  Convertible  Notes  which can  be  put  to  us  in  May  2009  at  the  option  of  the 
holders. Under the Third Amendment to our Credit Facility, we have committed to develop a plan by May 
2008 to create sufficient borrowing availability on our credit line by January 2009 to be able to pay off the 
notes in May 2009. 

Potential  sources  of  additional  liquidity  include  financings  of  existing  unencumbered  real  estate,  sale-
leasebacks of selected owned real estate, subordinated debentures, or other asset sales. We will evaluate 
all of these options and select one or more of them depending on overall capital needs and the availability 
and cost of capital, although no assurances can be provided that these capital sources will be available to 
us in sufficient amounts or with terms acceptable to us. 

40 

 
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Interest  rates  on  all  of  our  credit  facilities  below  ranged  from  5.75%  to  6.60%  at  December  31,  2007. 
Amounts outstanding on the lines at December 31, 2007, together with amounts remaining available under 
such lines were as follows (in thousands): 

New and program vehicle lines 
Working capital, acquisition and used vehicle credit facility 

Outstanding at 
December 31, 
2007 
$451,590 
184,000 
$635,590 

  Remaining Availability 

at December 31,  
2007 
$          - (1) 

40,601(2) (3) 
$40,601 

(1)  There are no formal limits on the new and program vehicle lines with certain lenders.  
(2)  Reduced by $399,000 for outstanding letters of credit. 
(3)  As discussed below, the availability under the line of credit was increased subsequent to December 31, 2007. 

Flooring Notes Payable  
Our  inventories  decreased  to  $601.8  million  at December  31,  2007  from  $603.3  million  at  December  31, 
2006. We have maintained a disciplined inventory approach throughout 2007. As a result, our days supply 
of new vehicles at December 31, 2007 was 9 days below our average historical December 31 balances and 
2  days  below  our  December  31,  2006  levels.  Our  days  supply  of  used  vehicles,  however,  was  15  days 
above our historical December 31, balances at December 31, 2007 and 13 days above our December 31, 
2006 balances. This resulted from softness in the used vehicle market and our conversion to our centralized 
car center model. We are working to bring this in line with historical levels. 

Our  new  vehicle  flooring  notes  payable  decreased  to  $451.6  million  at  December  31,  2007  from  $499.7 
million at December 31, 2006. New vehicles are financed at approximately 100%. 

Share Repurchase and Dividends   
Our Board of Directors declared dividends of $0.14 per share on our Class A and Class B common stock, 
which  were  paid  in  January  2007,  April  2007,  July  2007,  October  2007  and  January  2008,  and  totaled 
approximately  $2.7  million  to  $2.8  million  each  payment  period.  Management  evaluates  performance  and 
makes a recommendation on dividend payments on a quarterly basis. 

In June 2000, our Board of Directors authorized the repurchase of up to 1,000,000 shares of our Class A 
common  stock.  Through  December  31,  2007,  we  have  purchased  a  total  of  479,731  shares  under  this 
program, of which 222,900 were purchased during 2007. We may continue to repurchase shares from time 
to time in the future as conditions warrant. Current tax law tends to equalize the benefits of dividends and 
share repurchases as a means to return capital or earnings to shareholders. As a result, we believe it is now 
advantageous  to  shareholders  to  have  a  dividend  in  place.  With  the  dividend,  we  are  able  to  offer  an 
immediate and tangible return to all of our shareholders.  

Credit Facility 
We have a working capital, acquisition and used vehicle credit facility (the “Credit Facility”) with U.S. Bank 
National Association, DaimlerChrysler Financial Services Americas LLC (“Chrysler Financial”), DCFS U.S.A. 
LLC (“Mercedes Financial”) and Toyota Motor Credit Corporation (“TMCC”). In the first quarter of 2008, we 
executed amendments to the credit facility, providing an increase of $75 million in available credit, for a total 
amount of up to $300 million, and adjustments to certain financial covenants. Also, we received a one year 
extension on the maturity date; the Credit Facility now expires on August 31, 2010. 

Loans are guaranteed by all of our subsidiaries and are secured by new vehicle inventory, used vehicle and 
parts inventory, equipment other than fixtures, deposit accounts, accounts receivable, investment property 
and other intangible personal property. Capital stock and other equity interests of our subsidiary stores and 
certain  other  subsidiaries  are  excluded.  The  lenders’  security  interest  in  new  vehicle  inventory  is 
subordinated to the interests of floorplan financing lenders, including Chrysler Financial, Mercedes Financial 
and TMCC. The agreement for this facility provides for events of default that include nonpayment, breach of 

41 

 
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
covenants, a change of control and certain cross-defaults with other indebtedness. In the event of a default, 
the agreement provides that the lenders may declare the entire principal balance immediately due, foreclose 
on collateral and increase the applicable interest rate to the revolving loan rate plus 3 percent, among other 
remedies. 

Our working capital, acquisition and used vehicle credit facility increased to $184.0 million at December 31, 
2007 from $144.0 million at December 31, 2006 primarily due to the timing of payments, acquisitions, capital 
expenditures related to our initiatives and the development of L2 Auto.  

Vehicle Flooring 
Chrysler Financial, Ford Motor Credit Company, GMAC LLC, VW Credit, Inc. and BMW Financial Services 
NA, LLC have agreed to floor new vehicles for their respective brands. Chrysler Financial and TMCC serve 
as the primary lenders for all other brands. The new vehicle lines are secured by new vehicle inventory of 
the  stores  financed  by  that  lender.  Vehicles  financed  by  lenders  not  directly  associated  with  the 
manufacturer are classified as floorplan notes payable: non-trade and are included as a financing activity in 
our  statements  of  cash  flows.  Vehicles  financed  by  lenders  directly  associated  with  the  manufacturer  are 
classified as floorplan notes payable and are included as an operating activity. 

On November 30, 2006, General Motors (“GM”) completed the sale of a majority equity stake in GMAC to 
an investment consortium. Although GMAC continues to be the exclusive provider of GM financial products 
and services and continues to have the relationships with GM, a majority equity stake in GMAC has been 
sold  to  an  independent  third-party  and  GM  has  indicated  in  its  public  filings  that  it  no  longer  controls  the 
GMAC entity.  As a result, we treat new vehicles financed by GMAC after the change in ownership control 
as floorplan notes payable: non-trade and related changes as a financing activity in our statements of cash 
flows. Vehicles financed prior to this change in control continue to be classified as floorplan notes payable: 
trade,  with  related  changes  reflected  as  operating  activities  in  our  statements  of  cash  flows,  since  these 
GMAC vehicle financings occurred while GM retained control of GMAC as its captive finance subsidiary.   

Debt Covenants 
We  are  subject  to  certain  financial  and  restrictive  covenants  for  all  of  our  debt  agreements.  The  Credit 
Facility  agreement  includes  financial  and  restrictive  covenants  typical  of  such  agreements  including 
requirements to maintain a minimum total net worth, minimum current ratio, fixed charge coverage ratio and 
cash  flow  leverage  ratio  requirements.  The  covenants  restrict  us  from  incurring  additional  indebtedness, 
making investments, selling or acquiring assets and granting security interests in our assets. At December 
31,  2007,  we  were  in  compliance  with  all  of  the  financial  and  restrictive  covenants.  In  addition,  cash 
dividends are limited to $15 million per fiscal year and repurchases by us of our common stock are limited to 
$20 million per fiscal year.  

We expect to be in compliance with the covenants for all of our debt agreements in the foreseeable future.   
In  the  event  that  we  are  unable  to  meet  such  requirements,  we  would  enter  into  a  discussion  with  the 
lenders  to  remediate  the condition.  If we  were  unable  to  remediate or cure  the  condition,  a breach  would 
give  rise  to  certain  remedies  under  the  agreement,  the  most  severe  of  which  is  the  termination  of  the 
agreement and acceleration of the amounts owed. 

2.875% Senior Subordinated Convertible Notes due 2014 
We also have outstanding $85.0 million of 2.875% senior subordinated convertible notes due 2014. We will 
also  pay  contingent  interest  on  the  notes  during  any six-month  interest  period  beginning  May  1,  2009,  in 
which the trading price of the notes for a specified period of time equals or exceeds 120% of the principal 
amount of the notes. Subsequent to our January 2008 dividend declaration, the notes are convertible into 
shares  of  our  Class  A  common  stock  at  a  price  of  $36.78  per  share  upon  the  satisfaction  of  certain 
conditions and upon the occurrence of certain events as follows: 

• 

if, prior to May 1, 2009, and during any calendar quarter, the closing sale price of our common stock 
exceeds  120%  of  the  conversion  price  for  at  least  20  trading  days  in  the  30  consecutive  trading 
days ending on the last trading day of the preceding calendar quarter; 

42 

 
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
• 

• 

if, after May 1, 2009, the closing  sale price of our common stock exceeds 120% of the conversion 
price; 
if,  during  the  five  business  day  period  after  any  five  consecutive  trading  day  period  in  which  the 
trading price per $1,000 principal amount of notes for each day of such period was less than 98% of 
the product of the closing sale price of our common stock and the number of shares issuable upon 
conversion of $1,000 principal amount of the notes; 
if the notes have been called for redemption; or 

• 
•  upon certain specified corporate events.  

A  declaration  and  payment  of a  dividend in  excess  of $0.08  per share per  quarter  will  result  in additional 
adjustments in the conversion rate for the notes if such cumulative adjustment exceeds 1% of the current 
conversion  rate.  Accordingly,  following  the  January  2008  dividend  declaration,  the  conversion  rate  per 
$1,000 of notes is 27.1914.  

The  notes  are  redeemable  at  our  option  beginning  May  6,  2009  at  the  redemption  price  of  100%  of  the 
principal  amount  plus  any  accrued  interest.  The  holders  of  the  notes  can  require  us  to  repurchase  all  or 
some  of  the  notes  on  May  1,  2009  and  upon  certain  events  constituting  a  fundamental  change  or  a 
termination of trading. A fundamental change is any transaction or event in which all or substantially all of 
our common stock is exchanged for, converted into, acquired for, or constitutes solely the right to receive, 
consideration  that  is  not  all,  or  substantially  all,  common  stock  that  is  listed  on,  or  immediately  after  the 
transaction or event, will be listed on, a United States national securities exchange. A termination of trading 
will  have  occurred  if  our  common  stock  is  not  listed  for  trading  on  a  national  securities  exchange  or  the 
Nasdaq National Market.  

Contractual Payment Obligations 

A summary of our contractual commitments and obligations as of December 31, 2007 was as follows (in 
thousands): 

Contractual 
Obligation 
Floorplan Notes 
Lines of Credit and 
Long-Term Debt 

Interest on Scheduled 

Debt Payments 

Capital Commitments 
Fixed Rate Payments 
Interest Rate Swaps 

Operating Leases 

Total 
451,590 

$ 

2008 
451,590 

$ 

Payments Due By Period 
2009 and 
2010 

$ 

- 

$ 

2011 and 
2012 
- 

2013 and 
beyond 
- 

$ 

468,822 

13,327 

250,111 

35,982 

169,402 

64,874 
44,488 
21,398 

12,628 
30,999 
5,982 

20,405 
13,489 
5,375 

13,769 
- 
5,118 

18,072 
- 
4,923 

171,788 
$  1,222,960 

$ 

23,737 
538,263 

36,425 
325,805 

$ 

$ 

25,136 
80,005 

86,490 
278,887 

$ 

We  had  capital  commitments  of  $44.5  million  at  December  31,  2007  for  the  construction  of  five  new 
facilities, an addition to one existing facility and one remodel. Of the new facilities, four are replacing existing 
facilities. We already incurred $8.1 million for these projects and anticipate incurring $31.0 million in 2008 
and $13.5 million in 2009 for these commitments. We expect to pay for the construction out of existing cash 
balances and borrowings on our line of credit until completion of the projects, at which time we anticipate 
securing long-term financing and general borrowings from third party lenders for 70% to 90% of the amounts 
expended.  

We  anticipate  approximately $25.0  to  $30.0  million  in non-financeable  capital  expenditures  in  2008.  Non-
financeable  capital  expenditures  are  defined  as  minor  upgrades  to  existing  facilities,  minor  leasehold 
improvements, the  percentage  of  major construction  typically  not  financed  by commercial  mortgage  debt, 
and purchases of furniture and equipment. 

43 

 
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
In addition to the above, in the next 1 to 3 years, we have approximately $90.0 million to $100.0 million in 
planned capital expenditures under consideration for various new facilities and remodeling projects. These 
projects are still in the planning stage or are awaiting approvals or awards from governmental agencies or 
manufacturers. We feel that these projects are an important part of our future growth strategy. We anticipate 
the need for additional financing options to augment our working capital line of credit to accommodate this 
growth strategy.  

Critical Accounting Policies and Use of Estimates 

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the 
United  States of  America requires us to make certain  estimates, judgments and assumptions that affect 
the  reported  amounts  of  assets  and  liabilities,  the  disclosure  of  contingent  assets  and  liabilities  and 
reported  amounts  of  revenues  and  expenses  at  the  date  of  the  financial  statements.  Some  of  our 
accounting  policies  require  us  to  make  difficult  and  subjective  judgments  on  matters  that  are  inherently 
uncertain.  The  following  accounting  policies  involve  critical  accounting  estimates  because  they  are 
particularly dependent on assumptions made by management. While we have made our best estimates 
based on facts and circumstances available to us at the time, different estimates could have been used in 
the  current  period.  Changes  in  the  accounting  estimates  we  used  are  reasonably  likely  to  occur  from 
period  to  period,  which  may  have  a  material  impact  on  the  presentation  of  our  financial  condition  and 
results of operations. 

Our  most  critical  accounting  estimates  include  assessment  of  recoverability  of  goodwill  and  other 
intangible  assets,  service  contract  and  lifetime  oil  contract  income  recognition,  workers’  compensation 
insurance  premium  accrual,  discretionary  employee  bonus  accrual,  and  used  vehicle  inventory 
valuations.  We  also  have  other  key  accounting  policies,  such  as  our  policies  for  valuation  of  accounts 
receivable, expense accruals and other revenue recognition. However, these policies either do not meet 
the  definition  of  critical  accounting  estimates  described  above  or  are  not  currently  material  items  in  our 
financial  statements.  We  review  our  estimates,  judgments  and  assumptions  periodically  and  reflect  the 
effects of revisions in the period that they are deemed to be necessary. We believe that these estimates 
are reasonable. However, actual results could differ from these estimates.  

44 

 
    
 
  
  
Nature of Critical  
Estimate Item 
Carrying Value of Goodwill 
We have determined that we 
operate as one reporting unit. 

We review our goodwill at least 
annually by applying a fair-
value based test using the 
Adjusted Present Value 
method (“APV”) to indicate the 
fair value of 
our reporting unit. 

The impairment test is a two 
step process. The first step 
identifies potential impairments 
by comparing the calculated 
fair value of a reporting unit 
with its book value. If the fair 
value of the reporting unit 
exceeds the carrying amount, 
goodwill is not impaired and 
the second step is not 
necessary. If the carrying value 
exceeds the fair value, the 
second step includes 
determining the implied fair 
value through further market 
research. The implied fair 
value of goodwill is then 
compared with the carrying 
amount to determine if an 
impairment 
loss is recorded. 

The review is conducted more 
frequently than annually if 
events or circumstances  
occur that 
warrant a review. 

Assumptions/ 
Approach Used 

Effect of a Change in 
Assumptions 

Future cash flows are based on 
recently prepared forecasts and 
business plans to estimate the 
future economic benefits that the 
reporting unit will generate. We 
estimate the appropriate discount 
rate to convert the future economic 
benefits to their present value 
equivalent. 

Growth rates are calculated for five 
years based on management’s 
forecasted sales projections. The 
growth rates used for periods 
beyond five years are calculated 
based on regional U.S. Census 
Bureau data for population growth 
and the U.S. Department of Labor, 
Bureau of Labor Statistics for 
historical consumer price index 
data. 

The discount rate applied to the 
future cash flows is derived from 
an APV Model which factors in an 
equity risk premium, small stock 
risk premium, a beta, and a risk 
free rate. 

Estimated market value of real 
estate is determined based on 
information available on each 
piece of real estate including any 
outside  appraisals obtained on the 
real estate, and an estimate of  
market value based on various 
factors including property tax 
assessments, local and regional 
rent factors, or other information to 
determine fair market value. 

During 2007 and 2006, we 
concluded that there were no 
impairments to the carrying value 
of goodwill At December 31, 2007 
and 2006, goodwill totaled $311.5 
million and $307.4 million, 
respectively. 

45 

A change in projected 
growth rates to historical 
company performance 
giving no weight to 
management’s budgets and 
business plan would result 
in a decrease in fair value of 
approximately 12% of the 
calculated Fair Value based 
on the APV method. 

Cost savings associated 
with management’s forecast 
and business plans reduced 
to half of the expected 
success rate would result in 
a decrease in fair value of 
approximately 8% of the 
calculated Fair Value based 
on the APV method. 

An increase in the discount 
rate of 1% would reduce the 
fair value by approximately 
5% of the calculated Fair 
Value based on the APV 
method. 

The effect of the changes in 
assumptions above, either 
on an individual basis, or 
cumulatively, would not 
have resulted in an 
impairment to the carrying 
value of goodwill during the 
2007 annual impairment 
test. 

The risk of a goodwill 
impairment loss may 
increase to the extent that 
our market capitalization 
and cash flows decline. A 
negative long-term 
performance outlook could 
cause the carrying value of 
our reporting unit to exceed 
its fair value, which may 
result in an impairment loss. 

 
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
To a lesser extent, a 
sustained decrease in our 
market capitalization could 
also influence our valuation 
assessment. 

Should any changes to 
significant assumptions in 
our forecast be necessary 
in the future, this could have 
a negative impact on the 
fair value of our reporting 
unit and result in an 
impairment of the carrying 
value of goodwill with a 
material effect on the 
financial statements. 

Under SFAS No. 142, “Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets,” we are required to test our goodwill for 
impairment at least annually. During 2007, we changed our annual impairment test date from December 
31 to October 1, as this date provides additional time prior to our year-end of December 31 to complete 
the impairment testing and report the results of those tests in our annual report with the Securities and 
Exchange Commission on Form 10-K. 

46 

 
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Nature of Critical  
Estimate Item 
Indefinite-lived Intangible Assets 
We have determined that our 
franchise agreements with various 
manufacturers represent the most 
significant portion of intangible 
assets without a definite life. 

We review our indefinite-lived 
intangible assets at least annually by 
applying a fair-value based test using 
the APV method to indicate fair value 

Additionally, we stipulate a period of 
time prior to testing assets that have 
been recently acquired in order to 
allow them to be integrated  
into our operations. 

Effect of a Change 
in Assumptions 
A future decline in 
store performance, 
change in projected 
growth rates, other 
margin assumptions 
and changes in 
interest rates could 
result in a potential 
impairment of one or 
more of our 
franchises. 

Assumptions/ 
Approach Used 
Future cash flows are based on 
recently prepared forecasts and 
business plans to estimate the future 
economic benefits that the store will 
generate. We estimate the 
appropriate discount rate to convert 
the future economic benefits to their 
present value equivalent. 

We have determined that only certain 
cash flows of the store relate to the 
sale of new vehicles and are 
attributable to the Franchise Value. 

According to Emerging Issues Task 
Force (“EITF”) 02-7, “Unit of 
Accounting for Testing Impairment of 
Indefinite-Lived Intangible Assets,” we 
have concluded that the appropriate 
unit of accounting for determining 
franchise value is on an individual 
store basis. 

Growth rates are calculated for five 
years based on management’s 
forecasted sales projections. The 
growth rates used for periods beyond 
five years are calculated based on 
regional U.S. Census Bureau 
population growth data and the U.S. 
Department of Labor, Bureau of Labor 
Statistics for historical consumer  
price index data. 

The discount rate applied to the future 
cash flows is derived from an APV 
Model which factors in an equity risk 
premium, small stock risk premium, a 
beta and  
a risk free rate. 

During 2007, we recorded a $1.9 
million impairment related to a 
Chevrolet and Ford franchise. There 
were no impairments to franchises in 
2006. At December 31, 2007 and 
2006, intangible assets were $68.9 
million and $69.1 million, respectively. 

47 

 
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Nature of Critical  
Estimate Item 
Service Contract, Lifetime  
Oil Change, and Other 
Insurance Contract  
Income Recognition 
We receive fees from the sale 
of vehicle service contracts 
and lifetime oil contracts to 
customers. The contracts are 
sold through an unrelated third 
party, but we may be charged 
back for a portion of the fees in 
the event of early termination 
of the contracts by customers. 

We may also participate in 
future underwriting profit 
pursuant to retrospective 
commission arrangements, 
which are recognized as 
income upon receipt. 

Workers’ Compensation  
Insurance Premium Accrual 
Insurance premiums are paid 
for under a five-year 
retrospective cost policy, 
whereby premium cost 
depends on experience. We 
accrue premiums based on our 
historical experience rating, 
although the actual claims can 
be something greater or less 
than the historical experience, 
which could create our 
estimated liability to either be 
under or over accrued. 

Premiums are based on actual 
claims plus an insurance 
component. We have a 
maximum exposure to claims 
in a given year, at which point 
additional claims are paid by 
the carrier. 

Assumptions/ 
Approach Used 

Effect of a Change in 
Assumptions 

A 10% increase in 
cancellations would result in 
an additional reserve of 
approximately  
$1.6 million. 

A 10% increase in claims 
experience would result in 
additional reserves of $1.6 
million 

We have established a reserve for 
estimated future charge-backs 
based on an analysis of historical 
charge-backs in conjunction with 
estimated lives of the applicable 
contracts. If future cancellations 
are different than expected based 
on historical experience, we could 
have additional expense or income 
related to the cancellations in 
future periods 

At December 31, 2007 and 2006, 
this reserve totaled $15.5 million 
and $14.5 million, respectively, 
and is included in accrued 
liabilities and other long-term 
liabilities on our consolidated 
balance sheets. 

As of December 31, 2007 and 
2006, the reserve for workers 
compensation insurance premiums 
was $5.5 million and $3.1 million, 
respectively, and is included in 
accrued liabilities and other long-
term liabilities on our consolidated 
balance sheets. 

We expect that the retrospective 
cost policy, as opposed to a 
guaranteed cost with a flat 
premium, will be the most cost-
efficient over time. 

48 

 
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Nature of Critical  
Estimate Item 
Discretionary Employee  
Bonus Accrual 
We make certain estimates, 
judgments and assumptions 
regarding the likelihood of our 
attainment, and the level 
thereof, of the annual bonus 
criteria under our 2006 
Discretionary Support Services 
Bonus Program and other 
incentive compensation plans 
in order to record bonus 
expense on a quarterly basis. 

Assumptions/ 
Approach Used 

Effect of a Change in 
Assumptions 

If actual year-end results 
differ materially from our 
estimates, or bonus 
amounts achieved are not 
paid, the amount of bonus 
expense recorded in a 
particular quarter could be 
significantly over or under 
estimated. The bonus 
accrual at the end of any 
given year is accurate and 
reflective of actual results 
attained and amounts to be 
paid. 

We accrue the estimated year-end 
expense on a pro-rata basis 
throughout the year based on 
bonus attainment expectations. 

These estimates, judgments and 
assumptions are made quarterly 
based on available information and 
take into consideration the 
historical seasonality of our 
business and current trends. 

In 2007, 45% of the bonus amount 
was related to our financial 
performance for the year, none of 
which was obtained. Thirty percent 
of the bonus related to our status 
with manufacturers with 25% of the 
bonus based upon achievement of 
a number of project related 
initiatives. Total bonus amounts 
achievable under the plans in 2007 
were approximately $11.0 million, 
of which 34% were obtained. 

However, under the plans, our 
management and board of 
directors reserves negative 
discretion to elect to withhold 
payments under the plans. For 
2007, no bonus amounts were 
paid to the five continuing senior 
executives resulting in a reversal 
of $1.6 million in amounts 
otherwise payable under the plan. 

49 

 
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Nature of Critical  
Estimate Item 
Used Vehicle Inventory 
Used vehicle inventories are 
stated at cost plus the cost of 
any equipment added, 
reconditioning and 
transportation. 

Assumptions/ 
Approach Used 

Effect of a Change in 
Assumptions 

We select a quarterly sample of 
dealerships throughout the year to 
test book values against market 
valuations utilizing the Kelly Blue 
Book and NADA guides. 

Utilizing a different valuation 
guide than NADA or Kelly 
Blue Book could result in a 
different result in our 
analysis. 

Using the pooling method, we 
test the used vehicle inventory 
values to ensure inventories 
are reflected at the lower of 
cost or market. 

Used vehicle inventory values are 
cyclical and could experience 
impairment when market 
valuations are significantly below 
inventory carrying values. 

Historically, we have not 
experienced significant write-
downs on our used vehicle 
inventory. If the book value of our 
used vehicles is more than fair 
value, we could experience losses 
on our used vehicles in future 
periods. 

If Kelly Blue Book or NADA 
data is not accurate, or 
market valuations depart 
from the historical 
relationship the guides have 
experienced, we could 
experience losses not 
indicated during the 
analysis. 

Recent Accounting Pronouncements 

See Note 18 of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements. 

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements 

We do not have any off-balance sheet arrangements that have or are reasonably likely to have a material 
current  or  future  effect  on  our  financial  condition,  changes  in  financial  condition,  revenues  or  expenses, 
results of operations, liquidity, capital expenditures or capital resources. 

Item 7A.  Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk 

Variable Rate Debt 
We  use  variable-rate  debt  to  finance  our  new  and  program  vehicle  inventory  and  certain  real  estate 
holdings. The interest rates on our variable rate debt are tied to either the one or three-month LIBOR or 
the  prime  rate.  These  debt  obligations  therefore  expose  us  to  variability  in  interest  payments  due  to 
changes  in  these  rates.  The  flooring  debt  is  based  on  open-ended  lines  of  credit  tied  to  each  individual 
store  from  the  various  manufacturer  finance  companies.  If  interest  rates  increase,  interest  expense 
increases. Conversely, if interest rates decrease, interest expense decreases. 

Our  variable-rate  flooring  notes  payable,  variable  rate  mortgage  notes  payable  and  other  credit  line 
borrowings subject us to market risk exposure. At December 31, 2007, we had $671.3 million outstanding 
under  such  agreements  at  interest  rates  ranging  from  5.75%  to  7.85%  per  annum.  A  10%  increase  in 
interest rates would increase annual interest expense by approximately $1.9 million, net of tax, based on 
amounts outstanding at December 31, 2007. 

50 

 
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Fixed Rate Debt 
The fair market value of our long-term fixed interest rate debt is subject to interest rate risk. Generally, the 
fair market value of fixed interest rate debt will increase as interest rates fall because we could refinance 
for a lower rate. Conversely, the fair value of  fixed interest rate debt will decrease as interest rates rise. 
The interest rate changes affect the fair market value but do not impact earnings or cash flows.  

Based on open market trades, we determined that our $85.0 million of long-term convertible fixed interest 
rate  debt  had  a  fair  market  value  of  approximately  $76.4  million  at  December  31,  2007.  In  addition,  at 
December  31,  2007,  we  had  $164.1  million  of  other  long-term  fixed  interest  rate  debt  outstanding  with 
maturity  dates  of  between  July  2008  and  September  2027.  Based  on  discounted  cash  flows,  we  have 
determined that the fair market value of this long-term fixed interest rate debt was approximately $167.8 
million at December 31, 2007.  

Hedging Strategies 
We believe it is prudent to limit the variability of a portion of our interest payments. Accordingly, we have 
entered  into  interest  rate  swaps  to  manage  the  variability  of  our  interest  rate  exposure,  thus  leveling  a 
portion of our interest expense in a rising or falling rate environment. 

We  have  effectively  changed  the  variable-rate  cash  flow  exposure  on  a  portion  of  our  flooring  debt  to 
fixed-rate  cash  flows  by  entering  into  receive-variable,  pay-fixed  interest  rate  swaps.  Under  the  interest 
rate  swaps,  we  receive  variable  interest  rate  payments  and  make  fixed  interest  rate  payments,  thereby 
creating fixed rate flooring debt.   

We do not enter into derivative instruments for any purpose other than to manage interest rate exposure.  
That is, we do not engage in interest rate speculation using derivative instruments. 

As  of  December  31,  2007,  we  had  outstanding  the  following  interest  rate  swaps  with  U.S.  Bank  Dealer 
Commercial Services: 

•  effective January 26, 2003 – a five year, $25 million interest rate swap at a fixed rate of 3.265% 

per annum, variable rate adjusted on the 26th of each month 

•  effective February 18, 2003 – a five year, $25 million interest rate swap at a fixed rate of 3.30% 

per annum, variable rate adjusted on the 1st and 16th of each month 

•  effective November 18, 2003 – a five year, $25 million interest rate swap at a fixed rate of 3.65% 

per annum, variable rate adjusted on the 1st and 16th of each month 

•  effective November 26, 2003 – a five year, $25 million interest rate swap at a fixed rate of 3.63% 

per annum, variable rate adjusted on the 26th of each month 

•  effective March 9, 2004 – a five year, $25 million interest rate swap at a fixed rate of 3.25% per 

annum, variable rate adjusted on the 1st and 16th of each month; 

•  effective March 18, 2004 – a five year, $25 million interest rate swap at a fixed rate of 3.10% per 

annum, variable rate adjusted on the 1st and 16th of each month;  

•  effective June 16, 2006 – a ten year, $25 million interest rate swap at a fixed rate of 5.587% per 

annum, variable rate adjusted on the 1st and 16th of each month; and 

•  effective January 26, 2008 – a five-year, $25 million interest rate swap at a fixed rate of 4.495% 

per annum, variable rate adjusted on the 26th of each month. 

We  earn  interest  on  all  of the  interest  rate  swaps  at  the  one-month  LIBOR  rate.  The  one-month  LIBOR 
rate at December 31, 2007 was 4.6% per annum. 

The  fair value of our  interest rate swap agreements represents  the estimated receipts or payments that 
would be made to terminate the agreements. These amounts are recorded as deferred gains or losses in 
our consolidated balance sheet with the offset recorded in accumulated other comprehensive income, net 
of tax. The amount of deferred gains and losses at December 31, 2007 were $0.8 million and $2.5 million, 
respectively.  The  difference  between  interest  earned  and  the  interest  obligation  results  in  a  monthly 
settlement  which  is  reclassified  from  accumulated  other  comprehensive  income  to  the  statement  of 

51 

 
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
operations  as  a  component  of  flooring  interest  expense.  The  resulting  cash  settlement  reduces  the 
amount of deferred gains and losses. On a quarterly basis, we test the effectiveness of our hedges both 
retrospectively  and  prospectively  using  regression  analysis.  Ineffectiveness  occurs  when  the  amount  of 
change in fair market value of the swap from designation to current period end outperforms the change in 
fair market value of the hypothetical derivative from designation to period end. Any ineffectiveness will be 
reflected in the floorplan interest expense in our statement of operation in the period in which it occurs. In 
2007, we recorded $73,000 of ineffectiveness. 

If, in the future, the interest rate swap agreements were determined to be ineffective or were terminated 
before  the  contractual  termination  date,  or  if  it  became  probable  that  the  hedged  variable  cash  flows 
associated with the variable rate borrowings would stop, we would be required to reclassify into earnings 
all  or  a  portion  of  the  deferred  gains  or  losses  on  cash  flow  hedges  included  in  accumulated  other 
comprehensive income. 

Additional interest expense, net of tax, on un-hedged debt as a result of changing interest rates, based on 
interest rates effective as of January 1, 2005 was approximately $7.3 million, $7.1 million and $1.8 million, 
respectively,  in  2007,  2006  and  2005.  Interest  expense,  net  of  tax,  on  un-hedged  debt  increased 
(decreased)  during  2007,  2006  and  2005  by  approximately  $(0.2)  million,  $2.1  million  and  $1.8  million, 
respectively,  as  a  result  of  increasing  interest  rates  during  those  periods.  As  of  December  31,  2007, 
approximately 50% of our total debt outstanding was subject to un-hedged variable rates of interest.   

Risk Management Policies 
We assess interest rate cash flow risk  by continually identifying and monitoring changes in  interest rate 
exposures  that  may  adversely  impact  expected  future  cash  flows  and  by  evaluating  hedging 
opportunities. 

We maintain risk management control systems to monitor interest rate cash flow attributable to both our 
outstanding  and  forecasted  debt  obligations  as  well  as  our  offsetting  hedge  positions.  The  risk 
management  control  systems  involve  the  use  of  analytical  techniques,  including  cash  flow  sensitivity 
analysis, to estimate the expected impact of changes in interest rates on our future cash flows. 

Item 8.  Financial Statements and Supplementary Financial Data 

The financial statements and notes thereto required by this item begin on page F-1 as listed in Item 15 of 
Part  IV  of  this  document.  Quarterly  financial  data  for  each  of  the  eight  quarters  in  the  two-year  period 
ended December 31, 2007 is included in Item 7. 

Item 9. Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure 

None. 

Item 9A.  Controls and Procedures 

(a) 

Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures  

As required by Rules  13a-15 and  15d-15
under  the Securities  Exchange  Act of 1934,  management has 
evaluated, with the participation of our chief executive officer and chief financial officer, the effectiveness 
of our disclosure controls and procedures as of the end of the period covered by this report.  Disclosure 
controls  and  procedures  refer  to  controls  and  other  procedures  designed  to  ensure  that  information 
required to be disclosed in the reports we file or submit under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, 
summarized, and reported, within the time periods specified in the rules and forms of the Securities and 
Exchange  Commission.  Disclosure  controls  and  procedures  include,  without  limitation,  controls  and 
procedures designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed by us in our reports that we file 
or submit under the Exchange Act is accumulated and communicated to management, including our chief 
52 

 
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
executive officer and chief financial officer, as appropriate to allow timely decisions regarding our required 
disclosure.    It  should  be  noted  that,  because  of  inherent  limitations,  our  disclosure  controls  and 
procedures,  however  well  designed  and  operated,  can  provide  only  reasonable,  and  not  absolute, 
assurance that the objectives of the disclosure controls and procedures are met.  

As  described  below,  two  material  weaknesses  were  identified  in  our  internal  control  over  financial 
reporting.  Rule 12b-2 of  the Securities Exchange  Act defines a  material weakness as a deficiency or  a 
combination  of  deficiencies,  in  internal  control  over  financial  reporting,  such  that  there  is  a  reasonable 
possibility that a material misstatement of our annual or interim financial statements will not be prevented 
or detected on a timely basis. As a result of the material weaknesses,
our chief executive officer and chief 
financial  officer  have  concluded  that,  as  of  December  31,  2007,  the  end  of  the  period  covered  by  this 
report, our disclosure controls and procedures were not effective at a reasonable assurance level. 

(b) 

Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting  

Management  is  responsible  for  establishing  and  maintaining  adequate  internal  control  over  financial 
is a process designed by, or under the supervision of, 
reporting.  Internal control over financial reporting
our chief executive officer and chief financial officer and effected by our board of directors,
management, 
and  other  personnel,  to  provide  reasonable  assurance  regarding  the  reliability  of  financial  reporting  and 
the  preparation  of  financial  statements  for  external  purposes  in  accordance  with  generally  accepted 
accounting principles and includes those policies and procedures that:  

•      pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and  fairly reflect our 

transactions and dispositions of our assets;  

•  provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation 
of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that our 
receipts  and  expenditures  are  being  made  only  in  accordance  with  authorizations  of  our 
management and members of our board of directors; and  

•  provide  reasonable  assurance  regarding  prevention  or  timely  detection  of  unauthorized 
acquisition,  use,  or  disposition  of  our  assets  that  could  have  a  material  effect  on  our  financial 
statements.  

Internal control over financial reporting has inherent limitations.  Internal control over financial reporting is 
a  process  that  involves  human  diligence  and  compliance  and  is  subject  to  lapses  in  judgment  and 
breakdowns  resulting  from  human  failures.  Internal  control  over  financial  reporting  also  can  be 
circumvented by collusion or improper management override. Because of such limitations, there is a risk 
that  material  misstatements may not be prevented or  detected on a timely basis by internal control over 
financial  reporting.  However,  these  inherent  limitations  are  known  features  of  the  financial  reporting 
process. Therefore, it  is possible  to design into the process safeguards to reduce, though not eliminate, 
this risk.  

Management evaluated  the effectiveness of our internal control over  financial reporting as of December 
31,  2007  using  the  framework  set  forth  in  the  report  of  the  Treadway  Commission’s
Committee  of 
Sponsoring Organizations (COSO), Internal Control— Integrated Framework.   

As a result of  management’s evaluation of our internal control over financial reporting, we identified  two 
material  weaknesses.  Specifically,  we  concluded  that  our  internal  controls  to  ensure  that  revenue  is 
recognized in the proper period were  ineffective because our communication  of accounting policies and 
procedures to store personnel responsible for performing such controls was not adequate to ensure they 
were sufficiently knowledgeable  to perform the control effectively and our  monitoring of compliance was 
inadequate.    This  material  weakness  resulted  in  errors  in  the  revenue  recognized  in  the  company’s 
preliminary 2007 financial statements, which were corrected prior to the filing of the form 10-K.    

53 

 
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
In  addition,  our  policies  and  procedures  were  not  sufficient  to  prevent  or  detect  on  a  timely  basis  the 
improper  reporting  of  vehicle  sales  information  used  to  determine  volume-based  incentives  from 
manufacturers.    This  material  weakness  resulted  in  errors  in  the  amount  of  incentives  recorded  as  a 
reduction  to cost of sales in  the company’s  preliminary 2007 financial statements, which  were corrected 
prior to the filing of the form 10-K.   

As  a  result  of  these  material  weaknesses,
financial reporting was not effective as of December 31, 2007. 

management  has  concluded  that  our  internal  control  over 

Our  independent  registered  public  accounting  firm,  KPMG  LLP,  has  issued  an  audit  report  on  the 
effectiveness  of  our  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  as  of  December  31,  2007,  expressing  an 
adverse opinion on the effectiveness of such controls.   

(c) 

Additional Information Regarding the Material Weakness 

Ineffective Communication and Application of Accounting Policies for Revenue Recognition  

Revenue Recognition 

•  We  have  a  policy  of recognizing revenue  when (a) a  deal  is consummated  by signatures using  a 
contract,  (b) a  preliminary  bank  agreement  is obtained,  and  (c) the  delivery  of  the  vehicles  to  the 
customer is made.  Based on our revenue recognition policy, store personnel update the contract-
date  field  in  the  system  to correspond  with  the  date  the  contract  is signed by  the customer.    The 
date  in  the  contract-date  field  is  used  by  office  personnel  as  the  date  on  which  the  revenue 
transaction  is  recorded  in  the  financial  statements,  assuming  a  preliminary  bank  agreement  has 
been obtained.  Based on an analysis performed in the first quarter of 2008, we determined that the 
contract date was not consistently updated by store personnel in accordance with our policy, which 
resulted  in  sales  transactions  being  recorded  in  the  financial  statements  earlier  than  our  policy 
allows.    We  corrected  the  error  arising  from  this  breakdown  in  internal  control,  resulting  in  an 
approximate 141 vehicle sales reduction,  a  $3.6  million reduction  in  revenue,  and  a  reduction  in 
income  before  taxes  of  $330,000  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2007.    This  is  a  timing 
difference  and  the  vehicle  sales  count,  revenue,  and  income  that  was  removed  from  the  fourth 
quarter of fiscal 2007 will be added to the first quarter of fiscal 2008 in accordance with applicable 
revenue recognition standards.  Management evaluated the materiality of the revenue recognition 
error  related  to  prior  reporting  periods,  concluding  that  the  error  was  not  material  to  any  of  the 
reporting periods based on both quantitative and qualitative factors.     

Improper Reporting of Vehicles Sold to the Manufacturer and Addressing Results of Manufacturer Audits 

Improper Reporting of Vehicles Sold to the Manufacturer 

• 

In  February  2008,  our  internal  audit  group  discovered  that  intentional  improper  reporting  of 
vehicle sales to the manufacturers had occurred at certain stores for the purpose of qualifying for 
volume-based  incentive  programs  (“VBIPs”).    These  cases  involved  sales  reported  when  there 
was  no  legitimate  buyer  and  there  were  two  or  more  employees  involved  to  avoid  compliance 
with manufacturer incentive and company reporting requirements.  The discovery of these cases 
of  intentional  improper  reporting  prompted  an  investigation  undertaken  at  the  direction  of  our 
Audit  Committee.    The  Audit  Committee  retained  independent  legal  counsel  on  February 10, 
2008, to investigate the extent of the intentional improper reporting, its financial ramifications and 
the  involvement  or  knowledge  of  senior  management,  if  any.    Because  of  the  large  number  of 
manufacturer incentive programs and vehicle transactions in the scope of the investigation, legal 

54 

 
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
counsel  retained  an  independent  external  accounting  firm  to  assist  in  the  review  and  analysis.  
During  the  investigation,  counsel,  the  internal  audit  group  and  the  independent  external 
accounting firm, conducted an in-depth identification and examination of the existing  VBIPs and 
related reporting of sales to the manufacturers by our stores.  The investigation focused primarily 
on stores and franchises with significant earned VBIPs, and within the category on vehicle sales 
reported  close  to  the  end  of  a  VBIP  period  and  on  vehicle  sales  that  triggered  a  VBIP.  
Independent  counsel  determined  that  a  review  of  e-mails  of  certain  store  personnel  and  others 
was  appropriate,  and  followed  up  with  interviews  of  both  store  personnel  and  senior 
management.   

• 

In  its  final  report  dated  March  28,  2008,  counsel  and  the  independent  external  accounting  firm 
concluded that:  

!   only a limited number of misconduct occurrences were found; 

!  

!  

the financial impact of known instances is inconsequential;  

the  most  significant  instances  of  misconduct  were  previously  detected  by  the  internal 
audit group or supervisory personnel or through manufacture audits; 

!   misconduct  arose  only  at  the  store  level  and  was  not  directed  or  encouraged  by  senior 

management. 

•  The  amount  of  cost  of  sales  and  pre-tax  earnings  associated  with  intentional  improper  New 
Vehicle  Delivery  Reports  for  VBIP  payments  that  had  not  already  been  subject  to  reversal  or 
settled  pursuant  to  a  manufacturer  audit,  was  determined  to  be  approximately $300,000.    As  a 
result  a  reserve  for  $300,000  was  established  in  the  fourth  quarter  of  2007  to  address  the 
financial exposure that had yet to be refunded to certain manufacturers as of December 31, 2007.   

Addressing Results of Manufacturer Audits 

•  We had no formal policy of reporting to senior management the occurrence and results of audits 
performed by manufacturers at our store locations.  Manufacturers conduct periodic audits of our 
vehicle  sales  reporting  for  the  purpose  of  incentive  programs,  and  assess  charge-backs  where 
discrepancies  with  incentive  program  reporting  requirements  are  found.    Historically,  the 
individual  store  locations  received  the  results  of  the  audits  and  resolved  discrepancies  directly 
with the manufacturers.  Our internal audit group discovered an instance where an audit of a store 
was  conducted  by  a  manufacturer  and  the  results,  which  were  not  communicated  beyond  the 
general manager of that store, contained evidence of misconduct related to the reporting of vehicle 
sales.  Included within the audit results was misconduct that the general manager directed.  Since 
there was no communication or review of the results of the audit beyond the general manager of the 
store location, senior management did not become aware of the misconduct and no measures were 
taken. 

We expanded our year-end financial reporting procedures and dedicated significant resources to perform 
additional  analyses  to  determine  the  amounts  to  be  reported  as  of  December  31,  2007,  and  the 
materiality of the errors to prior reporting periods.  We believe that the consolidated financial statements 
included  in  this  Annual  Report  fairly  present  in  all  material  respects  the  financial  condition,  results  of 
operations and cash flows for the periods presented.  

To remediate the  material weaknesses described above and  enhance our  internal control over financial 
reporting, management intends to promptly implement the following changes:  

Ineffective Communication and Accounting Policies for Revenue Recognition  

55 

 
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
•  Clarify and redistribute a “plain English” written policy as to when a car sale is deemed complete 

for revenue recognition purposes. 

•  Once  our  “plain  English”  written  policy  has  been  developed  (which  will  include  transaction  level 
controls),  formal  training  will  be  required  for  all  personnel  associated  with  the  process.    Our 
Internal  Audit  group  will  develop  procedures  to  monitor  compliance  of  transaction  level  controls 
contained within the written policy.   

• 

Included within the written policy will be transaction level preventative controls that clearly specify 
procedures  regarding  the  dating  of  contracts.    The  policy  will  also  contain  transaction  level 
detection controls that will mitigate the risk of improper cutoff.     

•  Until  the  policy  has  been  fully  implemented,  Management  will  implement  an  additional  layer  of 

controls to determine the materiality of errors on a prospective basis. 

Improper Reporting of Vehicles Sold to the Manufacturer and Responding to Manufacturer Audits 

•  Clarify  and  redistribute  a  “plain  English”  written  policy  as  to  when  a  vehicle  sale  should  be 
reported  sold  to  the  manufacturer.   Our  Internal  Audit  group  will  develop  procedures  to  monitor 
compliance of transaction level controls contained within the written policy. 

•  Require  prompt  notification  to  our  internal  audit  group  and  management  of  any  scheduled 
manufacturer  audit  with  direct  participation  by  the  internal  audit  group  in  the  audit.    All 
manufacturer audits will also be kept in a central repository for reference purposes.   

•  Store office personnel will reconcile all vehicles reported sold to the manufacturer against internal 
sales  journals  and  compare  inventory  per  the  manufacturers’  records  to  the  inventory  per  the 
dealerships on a monthly basis. 

•  Duties  in  our  store  locations  will  be  segregated  such  that  the  reporting  to  the  manufacturers  of 
vehicles sold will be limited to individuals who are not directly compensated based upon results of 
store operations.   

• 

Institute  additional  training  of  store  personnel  on  illegal  practices  and  fraud  together  with  their 
responsibilities as an employee of the Company. 

(d) 

Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting 

Management has evaluated, with the participation of our chief executive officer and chief financial officer, 
whether  any  changes  in  our  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  that  occurred  during
our  last  fiscal 
have  materially  affected,  or  are  reasonably  likely  to  materially  affect,  our  internal  control  over 
quarter
financial reporting.
Based on the evaluation we conducted, management concluded that no such changes 
had occurred.   

Item 9B.  Other Information 

None. 

56 

 
    
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
Item 10.  Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance 

PART III 

Information required by this item will be included under the captions Election of Directors,  Meetings and 
Committees  of  the  Board  of  Directors,  Audit  Committee  Financial  Expert,  Code  of  Ethics,  Executive 
Officers  and  Section  16(a)  Beneficial  Ownership  Reporting  Compliance  in  our  Proxy  Statement  for  our 
2008 Annual Meeting of Shareholders and, upon filing, is incorporated herein by reference. 

Item 11.  Executive Compensation 

The  information  required  by  this  item  will  be  included  under  the  captions  Compensation  of  Directors, 
Compensation  Committee  Report,  Compensation  Discussion  and  Analysis,  Executive  Compensation, 
Potential  Payments  Upon  Termination  or  Change-in-Control,  and  Compensation  Committee  Interlocks 
and Insider Participation in our Proxy Statement for our 2008 Annual Meeting of Shareholders and, upon 
filing, is incorporated herein by reference.   

Item 12.  Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management 

Equity Compensation Plan Information 

The following table summarizes equity securities authorized for issuance as of December 31, 2007.  

Number of securities 
to be issued upon 
exercise of 
outstanding options, 
warrants and rights (a) 

Weighted average 
exercise price of 
outstanding options, 
warrants and rights (b) 

Number of securities 
remaining available for 
future issuance under 
equity compensation plans 
(excluding securities 
reflected in column (a) (c) 

1,248,915 

$21.14 

1,531,364 

- 
1,248,915 

- 
$21.14 

- 

1,531,364 (1) 

Plan Category 
Equity compensation 
plans approved by 
shareholders 

Equity compensation 
plans not approved by 
shareholders  
  Total 

(1) 

Includes 1,066,143 shares available pursuant to our 2003 Stock Incentive Plan and 465,221 shares available pursuant to our 
Employee Stock Purchase Plan. 

The additional information required by this item will be included under the caption Security Ownership of 
Certain  Beneficial  Owners  and  Management  in  our  Proxy  Statement  for  our  2008  Annual  Meeting  of 
Shareholders and, upon filing, is incorporated herein by reference. 

Item 13.  Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence 

The  information  required  by  this  item  will  be  included  under  the  captions  Certain  Relationships  and 
Related Transactions and Director Independence in our Proxy Statement for our 2008 Annual Meeting of 
Shareholders and, upon filing, is incorporated herein by reference.   

Item 14.  Principal Accountant Fees and Services 

Information  required  by  this  item  will  be  included  under  the  caption  Independent  Registered  Public 
Accounting Firm in our Proxy Statement for our 2008 Annual Meeting of Shareholders and, upon filing, is 
incorporated herein by reference. 

57 

 
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Item 15.  Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules 

PART IV 

Financial Statements and Schedules  
The Consolidated Financial  Statements, together with  the report  thereon of KPMG LLP, are included on 
the pages indicated below: 

Reports of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm 
Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2007 and 2006 
Consolidated Statements of Operations for the years ended December 31, 2007, 

2006 and 2005 

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders’ Equity and Comprehensive 

Income for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005 

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 2007, 

2006 and 2005 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 

There are no schedules required to be filed herewith.     

Page 
F-1, F-2 
F-3 

F-4 

F-5 

F-6 
F-7 

Exhibits 
The following exhibits are filed herewith and this list is intended to constitute the exhibit index. An 
asterisk  (*)  beside  the  exhibit  number  indicates  the  exhibits  containing  a  management  contract, 
compensatory plan or arrangement, which are required to be identified in this report. 

Exhibit 
3.1 

3.2 

4.1 

4.2 

  Description 

(a)  Restated Articles of Incorporation of Lithia Motors, Inc., as amended May 13, 1999. 

(l)  Amended and Restated Bylaws of Lithia Motors, Inc. 

(b)  Specimen Common Stock certificate 

(j) 

Indenture  dated  May  4,  2004,  between  Lithia  Motors,  Inc.  and  U.S.  Bank  National  Association,  as 
Trustee, relating to 2.875% Convertible Senior Subordinated Notes due 2014. 

10.1* 

(b)  1996 Stock Incentive Plan 

10.2* 

(c)  Amendment No. 1 to the Lithia Motors, Inc. 1996 Stock Incentive Plan 

10.2.1* 

(b)  Form of Incentive Stock Option Agreement (1) 

10.3* 

(b)  Form of Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement (1) 

10.4* 

(d)  1997 Non-Discretionary Stock Option Plan for Non-Employee Directors 

10.5* 

10.6* 

(l) 

(f) 

1998 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, as amended  

Lithia Motors, Inc. 2001 Stock Option Plan  

10.6.1* 

(g)  Form of Incentive Stock Option Agreement for 2001 Stock Option Plan 

10.6.2* 

(g)  Form of Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement for 2001 Stock Option Plan 

10.7.1* 

(k)  2003 Stock Incentive Plan, as amended and restated  

10.7.2* 

(k)  Form of Restricted Share Grant for 2003 Stock Incentive Plan, as amended and restated 

58 

 
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Exhibit 
10.8* 

  Description 
Summary 2007 Discretionary Support Services Bonus Program 

10.9 

(a)  Chrysler Corporation Sales and Service Agreement General Provisions 

10.9.1 

(h)  Chrysler  Corporation  Chrysler  Sales  and  Service  Agreement,  dated  September  28,  1999,  between 
Chrysler Corporation and Lithia Chrysler Plymouth Jeep Eagle, Inc. (Additional Terms and Provisions 
to the Sales and Service Agreements are in Exhibit 10.9) (2) 

10.10 

(b)  Mercury Sales and Service Agreement General Provisions 

10.10.1 

(e)  Supplemental Terms and Conditions agreement between Ford Motor Company and Lithia Motors, Inc. 

dated June 12, 1997.  

10.10.2 

(e)  Mercury Sales and Service Agreement, dated June 1, 1997, between Ford Motor Company and Lithia 

TLM, LLC dba Lithia Lincoln Mercury (general provisions are in Exhibit 10.10) (3)  

10.11 

(e)  Volkswagen Dealer Agreement Standard Provisions 

10.11.1 

(a)  Volkswagen Dealer Agreement dated September 17, 1998, between Volkswagen of America, Inc. and 

Lithia HPI, Inc. dba Lithia Volkswagen. (standard provisions are in Exhibit 10.11) (4) 

10.12 

(b)  General Motors Dealer Sales and Service Agreement Standard Provisions 

10.12.1 

(a)  Supplemental Agreement to General Motors Corporation Dealer Sales and Service Agreement dated 

January 16, 1998. 

10.12.2 

(i)  Chevrolet  Dealer  Sales  and  Service  Agreement  dated  October  13,  1998  between  General  Motors 

Corporation, Chevrolet Motor Division and Camp Automotive, Inc. (5) 

10.13 

(b)  Toyota Dealer Agreement Standard Provisions 

10.13.1 

(a)  Toyota Dealer Agreement, between Toyota Motor Sales, USA, Inc. and Lithia Motors, Inc., dba Lithia 

Toyota, dated February 15, 1996. (6) 

10.14 

(e)  Nissan Standard Provisions  

10.14.1 

(a)  Nissan Public Ownership Addendum dated August 30,  1999 (identical  documents executed by each 

Nissan store). 

10.14.2 

(e)  Nissan  Dealer  Term  Sales  and  Service  Agreement  between  Lithia  Motors,  Inc.,  Lithia  NF,  Inc.,  and 
the Nissan Division of Nissan Motor Corporation In USA dated January 2, 1998. (standard provisions 
are in Exhibit 10.14) (7) 

10.15 

(a)  Lease  Agreement  between  CAR  LIT,  L.L.C.  and  Lithia  Real  Estate,  Inc.  relating  to  properties  in 

Medford, Oregon.(8) 

10.16 

2007 Board of Directors’ Compensation Package  

10.17 

(k)  Form of Outside Director Nonqualified Deferred Compensation Agreement 

10.18 

10.19 

10.20 

21 

Loan Agreement and Amendments for revolving credit facility with U.S. Bank National Association, as 
Agent 

Split Dollar Agreement dated November 7, 2006 with Sidney B. DeBoer 

Split Dollar Insurance Agreement dated December 20, 2007 with Sidney B. DeBoer 

Subsidiaries of Lithia Motors, Inc.  

59 

 
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Exhibit 
23 

31.1 

31.2 

32.1 

32.2 

  Description 
Consent of KPMG LLP, Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm 

Certification of Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a) or Rule 15d-14(a) of the Securities 
Exchange Act of 1934. 

Certification of Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a) or Rule 15d-14(a) of the Securities 
Exchange Act of 1934. 

Certification of Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Rule 13a-14(b) or Rule 15d-14(b) of the Securities 
Exchange Act of 1934 and 18 U.S.C. Section 1350. 

Certification of Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Rule 13a-14(b) or Rule 15d-14(b) of the Securities 
Exchange Act of 1934 and 18 U.S.C. Section 1350. 

(a) 

(b) 

(c) 

(d) 

(e) 

(f) 

(g) 

(h) 

(i) 

(j) 

(k) 

(l) 

Incorporated by reference from the Company’s Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1999 as filed with the Securities 
and Exchange Commission on March 30, 2000. 
Incorporated by reference from the Company's Registration Statement on Form S-1, Registration Statement No. 333-14031, as 
declared effective by the Securities Exchange Commission on December 18, 1996. 
Incorporated by reference from the Company’s Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 1998 as filed with the Securities and 
Exchange Commission on August 13, 1998. 
Incorporated by reference from the Company's Registration Statement on Form S-8, Registration Statement No. 333-45553, as 
filed with the Securities Exchange Commission on February 4, 1998. 
Incorporated by reference from the Company’s Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1997 as filed with the Securities 
and Exchange Commission on March 31, 1998. 
Incorporated  by reference  from  Appendix B  to  the Company’s Proxy Statement  for its  2001 Annual  Meeting as  filed with the 
Securities and Exchange Commission on May 8, 2001. 
Incorporated by reference from the Company’s Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2001 as filed with the Securities 
and Exchange Commission on February 22, 2002. 
Incorporated  by  reference  from  the  Company’s  Form  10-Q  for  the  quarter  ended  September  30,  2001  as  filed  with  the 
Securities and Exchange Commission on November 14, 2001. 
Incorporated by reference from the Company’s Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 1998 as filed with the Securities 
and Exchange Commission on March 31, 1999. 
Incorporated by reference  from  the Company’s Form  10-Q for the quarter  ended  March  31,  2004 as  filed with  the Securities 
and Exchange Commission on May 10, 2004. 
Incorporated by reference from the Company’s Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2005 as filed with the Securities 
and Exchange Commission on March 8, 2006. 
Incorporated by reference from the Company’s Form 8-K filed November 15, 2007. 

(1)  The  board  of  directors  adopted  the  new  stock  option  agreement  forms  when  it  adopted  the  2001  Stock  Option  Plan;  and, 
although no longer being used to grant new stock options, these option agreements remain in effect as there are outstanding 
stock options issued under these stock option agreements.  

(2)  Substantially identical agreements exist between DaimlerChrysler Motor Company, LLC and those other subsidiaries operating 

Dodge, Chrysler, Plymouth or Jeep dealerships. 

(3)  Substantially identical agreements exist for its Ford and Lincoln-Mercury lines between Ford Motor Company and those other 

subsidiaries operating Ford or Lincoln-Mercury dealerships. 

(4)  Substantially  identical  agreements  exist  between  Volkswagen  of  America,  Inc.  and  those  subsidiaries  operating  Volkswagen 

dealerships. 

(5)  Substantially  identical  agreements  exist  between  Chevrolet  Motor  Division,  GM  Corporation  and  those  other  subsidiaries 

operating General Motors dealerships. 

(6)  Substantially identical agreements exist (except  the terms are all 2  years) between  Toyota  Motor Sales, USA, Inc. and those 

other subsidiaries operating Toyota dealerships. 

(7)  Substantially  identical  agreements  exist  between  Nissan  Motor  Corporation  and  those  other  subsidiaries  operating  Nissan 

dealerships. 

(8)  Lithia Real Estate,  Inc. leases  all the  property in  Medford, Oregon  sold to CAR LIT, LLC  under substantially identical leases 

covering six separate blocks of property. 

60 

 
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
SIGNATURES 

Pursuant  to  the  requirements  of  Section  13  or  15(d)  of  the  Securities  Exchange  Act  of  1934,  the 
Registrant  has  duly  caused  this  report  to  be  signed  on  its  behalf  by  the  undersigned,  thereunto  duly 
authorized. 

Date:  April 10, 2008 

LITHIA MOTORS, INC. 

By /s/ SIDNEY B. DEBOER 
Sidney B. DeBoer 
Chairman of the Board and  
Chief Executive Officer 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below 
by the following persons on behalf of the Registrant and in the capacities indicated on April 10, 2008: 

Signature 

Title 

/s/ SIDNEY B. DEBOER  
Sidney B. DeBoer 

Chairman of the Board and 
Chief Executive Officer 
(Principal Executive Officer) 

/s/ JEFFREY B. DEBOER 
Jeffrey B. DeBoer 

Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer 
(Principal Financial Officer) 

/s/ LINDA A. GANIM                                           Vice President and Chief Accounting Officer 
Linda A. Ganim 

(Principal Accounting Officer) 

/s/ M. L. DICK HEIMANN 
M. L. Dick Heimann 

/s/ THOMAS BECKER    
Thomas Becker  

/s/ MARYANN KELLER  
Maryann Keller 

/s/ WILLIAM J. YOUNG   
William J. Young 

Vice Chairman 

Director 

Director 

Director 

61 

 
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
April 10, 2008 

The Board of Directors and Shareholders 
Lithia Motors, Inc. and Subsidiaries: 

EXHIBIT 18 

We have audited the consolidated balance sheets of Lithia Motors, Inc. and subsidiaries as of December 
31,  2007  and  2006,  and  the  related  consolidated  statements  of  operations,  changes  in  stockholders’ 
equity  and comprehensive income, and cash flows for each of the years in  the  three-year  period  ended 
December  31,  2007,  and  have  reported  thereon  under  date  of  April  10,  2008.    The  aforementioned 
consolidated  financial  statements  and  our  audit  report  thereon  are  included  in  the  Company’s  annual 
report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2007. 

As  stated  in  Note  1  to  those  consolidated  financial  statements,  the  Company  changed  its  method  of 
applying  Statement of Financial  Accounting  Standards (“SFAS”) No. 142,  Goodwill and Other  Intangible 
Assets, such that the annual impairment testing date relating to goodwill was changed from December 31 
to  October  1  and  states  that  the  newly  adopted  accounting  principle  is  preferable  in  the  circumstances 
because it provides the Company with additional time prior to year-end of December 31 to complete the 
impairment testing and report the results of those tests in the Company’s annual report with the Securities 
and  Exchange  Commission  on  Form  10-K.    In  accordance  with  your  request,  we  have  reviewed  and 
discussed with Company officials the circumstances and business judgment and planning upon which the 
decision to make this change in the method of accounting was based. 

With regard to the aforementioned accounting change, authoritative criteria have not been established for 
evaluating  the  preferability  of  one  acceptable  method  of  accounting  over  another  acceptable  method.  
However,  for  purposes  of  the  Company’s  compliance  with  the  requirements  of  the  Securities  and 
Exchange Commission, we are furnishing this letter. 

Based  on  our  review  and  discussion,  with  reliance  on  management’s  business  judgment  and  planning, 
we concur that the newly adopted method of accounting is preferable in the Company’s circumstances. 

Very truly yours, 

/s/ KPMG LLP 
Portland, Oregon 

 
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm 

The Board of Directors and Shareholders 
Lithia Motors, Inc. and subsidiaries: 

We have audited  the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Lithia  Motors,  Inc. and subsidiaries 
as  of  December 31,  2007  and  2006,  and  the  related  consolidated  statements  of  operations,  changes  in 
stockholders’ equity and comprehensive income,  and  cash flows for each of the years  in  the three-year 
period  ended  December 31,  2007.  These  consolidated  financial  statements  are  the  responsibility  of  the 
Company’s  management.  Our  responsibility  is  to  express  an  opinion  on  these  consolidated  financial 
statements based on our audits. 

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight 
Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable 
assurance  about  whether  the  financial  statements  are  free  of  material  misstatement.  An  audit  includes 
examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. 
An  audit  also  includes  assessing  the  accounting  principles  used  and  significant  estimates  made  by 
management,  as  well  as  evaluating  the  overall  financial  statement  presentation.  We  believe  that  our 
audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion. 

In  our  opinion,  the  consolidated  financial  statements  referred  to  above  present  fairly,  in  all  material 
respects, the financial position of Lithia Motors, Inc. and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2007 and 2006, 
and  the  results  of  their  operations  and  their  cash  flows  for  each  of  the  years  in  the  three-year  period 
ended December 31, 2007, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles. 

As discussed in Note 1 of the consolidated financial statements, effective January 1, 2006, the Company 
adopted  the  provisions  of  Statement  of  Financial  Accounting  Standards  No.  123  (revised  2004),  Share-
Based Payment. 

We  also  have  audited,  in  accordance  with  the  standards  of  the  Public  Company  Accounting  Oversight 
Board  (United  States),  Lithia  Motors,  Inc.  and  subsidiaries’  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  as  of 
December 31, 2007, based on criteria established  in Internal Control – Integrated Framework  issued by 
the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO), and our report dated 
April 10, 2008 expressed an adverse opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over 
financial reporting. 

/s/ KPMG LLP 

Portland, OR 
April 10, 2008 

F-1 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm 

The Board of Directors and Shareholders 
Lithia Motors, Inc. and subsidiaries: 

We  have  audited  Lithia  Motors,  Inc.  and  subsidiaries’  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  as  of  December  31,  2007, 

based  on  criteria  established  in  Internal  Control  —  Integrated  Framework  issued  by  the  Committee  of  Sponsoring 

Organizations  of  the  Treadway  Commission  (COSO).  Lithia  Motors,  Inc.  and  subsidiaries’  management  is  responsible  for 

maintaining  effective internal control  over financial reporting  and for its assessment of the  effectiveness  of internal control 

over financial reporting, included in the  accompanying  Management’s Report on Internal  Control  Over  Financial Reporting 

(Item 9A(b)). Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial 

reporting based on our audit. 

We  conducted  our  audit  in  accordance  with  the  standards  of  the  Public  Company  Accounting  Oversight  Board  (United 

States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective 

internal  control  over  financial  reporting  was  maintained  in  all  material  respects.  Our  audit  included  obtaining  an 

understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and 

evaluating  the  design  and  operating  effectiveness  of  internal  control  based  on  the  assessed  risk.  Our  audit  also  included 

performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a 

reasonable basis for our opinion. 

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the 

reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally 

accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures 

that  (1) pertain  to  the  maintenance  of  records  that, in  reasonable  detail,  accurately  and  fairly  reflect  the  transactions  and 

dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to 

permit  preparation  of  financial  statements  in  accordance  with  generally  accepted  accounting  principles,  and  that  receipts 

and  expenditures of the company  are  being made  only in  accordance  with  authorizations of  management and directors of 

the  company;  and  (3) provide  reasonable  assurance  regarding  prevention  or  timely  detection  of  unauthorized  acquisition, 

use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements. 

Because  of its inherent limitations, internal control  over financial reporting  may  not prevent  or detect misstatements. Also, 

projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate 

because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate. 

A material weakness is a deficiency, or a combination of deficiencies, in internal control  over financial reporting, such that 

there is a reasonable possibility that a material misstatement of the company’s annual or interim financial statements will not 

be prevented or detected on a timely basis. Management has identified and included in its assessment material weaknesses 

related to revenue recognition and accounting for manufacturer rebate programs. 

We  also  have  audited,  in  accordance  with  the  standards  of  the  Public  Company  Accounting  Oversight  Board  (United 

States), the consolidated balance sheets of Lithia Motors, Inc. and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2007 and 2006, and the 

related consolidated statements of operations, changes in stockholders’ equity and comprehensive income, and cash flows 

for each  of the years in the three-year period  ended December 31,  2007.  These material weaknesses were considered in 

determining the nature, timing, and extent of audit tests applied in our audit of the 2007 consolidated financial statements, 

and  this  report  does  not  affect  our  report  dated  April  10,  2008,  which  expressed  an  unqualified  opinion  on  those 

consolidated financial statements. 

In our opinion, because of the effect of the aforementioned material weaknesses on the achievement of the objectives of the 

control criteria, Lithia Motors, Inc. and subsidiaries has not maintained effective internal control over financial reporting as of 

December 31, 2007, based on criteria established in Internal Control – Integrated Framework issued by COSO. 

/s/ KPMG LLP 

Portland, OR 
April 10, 2008 

F-2 

 
 
 
LITHIA MOTORS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
  Consolidated Balance Sheets
(In thousands)

December 31,

2007

2006

$

21,665
48,474

$

Assets
Current Assets:
    Cash and cash equivalents
    Contracts in transit
    Trade receivables, net of allowance for doubtful 
      accounts of $391 and $390
    Inventories, net
    Vehicles leased to others, current portion
    Prepaid expenses and other
    Deferred income taxes
    Assets held for sale
        Total Current Assets

Land and buildings, net of accumulated
  depreciation of $20,628 and $15,953
Equipment and other, net of accumulated 
  depreciation of $46,126 and $38,866
Goodwill
Other intangible assets, net of accumulated
  amortization of $52 and $21
Other non-current assets
        Total Assets

Liabilities and Stockholders' Equity
Current Liabilities:
    Floorplan notes payable
    Floorplan notes payable: non-trade
    Current maturities of long-term debt
    Trade payables
    Accrued liabilities
    Liabilities held for sale
        Total Current Liabilities

Used vehicle credit facility
Real estate debt, less current maturities
Other long-term debt, less current maturities
Other long-term liabilities
Deferred income taxes
        Total Liabilities

Stockholders' Equity:
    Preferred stock - no par value; authorized 
      15,000 shares; none outstanding
    Class A common stock - no par value;
      authorized 100,000 shares; issued and 
      outstanding 15,960 and 15,789
    Class B common stock - no par value;
      authorized 25,000 shares; issued and 
      outstanding 3,762 and 3,762 
    Additional paid-in capital
    Accumulated other comprehensive loss
    Retained earnings
       Total Stockholders' Equity
       Total Liabilities and Stockholders' Equity

26,600
56,211

62,317
603,306
7,698
6,825
1,198
15,485
779,640

327,890

89,213
307,424

69,054
6,136
1,579,357

422,411
77,268
16,557
39,794
62,299
11,610
629,939

95,614
155,890
140,879
13,509
50,133
1,085,964

60,913
601,759
9,498
10,647
1,775
23,807
778,538

363,391

98,355
311,527

68,946
5,978
1,626,735

311,824
139,766
13,327
38,715
63,602
17,857
585,091

122,550
179,160
153,785
14,647
63,290
1,118,523

$

$

-

-

229,151

226,670

468
8,112
(1,437)
271,918
508,212
1,626,735

$

468
5,574
-

260,681
493,393
1,579,357

$

$

$

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

F-3

               
               
               
                
               
               
             
             
                 
                 
               
                 
                 
                 
               
               
             
             
             
             
               
               
              
             
               
               
                 
                 
          
          
 
              
              
             
               
               
               
               
               
               
               
               
                
             
             
             
               
             
             
             
             
               
               
               
               
           
          
                     
                     
             
             
                    
                    
                  
                 
                
                     
             
             
             
             
          
          
LITHIA MOTORS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
 Consolidated Statements of Operations
(In thousands, except  per share amounts)

Revenues:
   New vehicle sales
   Used vehicle sales
   Finance and insurance
   Service, body and parts
   Fleet and other
        Total revenues
Cost of sales:
   New vehicle sales
   Used vehicle sales
   Service, body and parts
   Fleet and other
        Total cost of sales
Gross profit
Selling, general and administrative
Depreciation - buildings
Depreciation and amortization - other
        Operating income 
Other income (expense):
   Floorplan interest expense
   Other interest expense
   Other income, net

Income from continuing operations before income taxes
Income taxes
Income from continuing operations
Discontinued operations:
   Loss from operations, net of income taxes
   Income (loss) from disposal activities, net of income taxes
Net income

Basic income per share from continuing operations
Basic loss per share from discontinued operations
Basic net income per share

Shares used in basic per share calculations

Diluted income per share from continuing operations
Diluted loss per share from discontinued operations
Diluted net income per share

2007

Year Ended December 31,
2006

2005

1,848,273
862,912
119,056
383,380
5,380
3,219,001

1,711,049
756,425
203,019
3,856
2,674,349
544,652
430,343
5,615
15,267
93,427

(30,879)
(19,943)
788
(50,034)
43,393
(17,409)
25,984

(1,130)
(3,305)
21,549

1.33
(0.23)
1.10

19,530

1.26
(0.20)
1.06

$

$

$

$

$

$

1,773,132
823,991
116,506
331,564
5,344
3,050,537

1,637,299
716,866
171,618
3,760
2,529,543
520,994
392,574
4,307
12,191
111,922

(32,957)
(14,244)
956
(46,245)
65,677
(25,358)
40,319

(2,461)
(554)
37,304

2.07
(0.16)
1.91

19,485

1.91
(0.14)
1.77

$

$

$

$

$

$

1,562,287
757,979
104,045
293,592
3,793
2,721,696

1,437,078
653,325
152,603
2,391
2,245,397
476,299
345,770
3,411
10,020
117,098

(16,520)
(10,948)
988
(26,480)
90,618
(35,225)
55,393

(1,783)
17
53,627

2.89
(0.09)
2.80

19,175

2.62
(0.08)
2.54

$

$

$

$

$

$

Shares used in diluted per share calculations

22,082

22,102

21,807

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

F-4

         
         
         
            
            
            
            
            
            
            
            
            
                
                
                
         
         
         
         
         
         
            
            
            
            
            
            
                
                
                
         
         
         
            
            
            
            
            
            
                
                
                
              
              
              
              
            
            
            
            
            
            
            
            
                   
                   
                   
            
            
            
              
              
              
            
            
            
              
              
              
              
              
              
              
                 
                     
              
              
              
                  
                  
                  
                  
                  
                  
              
              
              
                  
                  
                  
                
                
                
                  
                  
                  
              
              
              
LITHIA MOTORS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders' Equity and Comprehensive Income
For the years ended December 31, 2005, 2006 and 2007
(In thousands)

Common Stock

Class A

Class B

Shares
15,142
-

Amount
215,335

$

-

Shares
3,762
-

$

Amount
468
-

$

Additional
Paid In
Capital

Unearned
Compensation

$

1,811
-

$

-
-

Accumulated
Other 
Compre-
hensive
Income
(Loss)
-
-

Retained
Earnings
187,632
53,627

$

$

Total
Stock-
holders'
Equity
405,246
53,627

7,992
-
241
-
(10)

833
(7,698)
460,231
37,304

6,844
-

(134)
-
(4,720)

4,052
(10,184)
493,393
21,549

(1,437)
20,112

6,500
-
-
(5,247)

-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-

-
-

-
-
-

-
-
-
-

(1,437)

-
-
-
-

-
-
-
-
-

-
(7,698)
233,561
37,304

-
-

-
-
-

-
(10,184)
260,681
21,549

-

-
-
-
-

-
-
-
(1,437)

$

-
706
(11,018)
271,918

$

3,766
706
(11,018)
508,212

$

Balance at December 31, 2004
Net income
Issuance of stock in connection with employee
  stock plans
Issuance of restricted stock to employees
Amortization of unearned compensation
Shares forfeited by employees
Repurchase of Class A common stock
Compensation for stock and stock option issuances
  and tax benefits from option exercises
Dividends paid
Balance at December 31, 2005
Net income
Issuance of stock in connection with employee
  stock plans
Issuance of restricted stock to employees
Reversal of unearned compensation upon adoption
  of SFAS No. 123R
Shares forfeited by employees
Repurchase of Class A common stock
Compensation for stock and stock option issuances
  and tax benefits from option exercises
Dividends paid
Balance at December 31, 2006
Net income
Fair value of interest rate swap agreements, net of
  tax benefit of $881
    Comprehensive income
Issuance of stock in connection with employee
  stock plans
Issuance of restricted stock to employees and directors
Shares forfeited by employees
Repurchase of Class A common stock
Compensation for stock and stock option issuances
  and tax benefits from option exercises
Adoption of FIN 48
Dividends paid
Balance at December 31, 2007

434
60
-
(10)
-

3

-
15,629
-

299
73

-
(15)
(197)

-
-
15,789
-

-

349
66
(18)
(226)

-
-
-
15,960

7,992
1,645
-
(272)
(10)

85
-

224,775

-

6,844
-

(1,132)
-
(4,720)

903
-

226,670

-

-

6,500
-
-
(5,247)

1,228
-
-

$

229,151

-

-

-

-
-
3,762
-

-
-

-
-
-

-
-
3,762
-

-

-
-
-
-

-

-

-

-
-
468
-

-
-

-
-
-

-
-
468
-

-

-
-
-
-

-

-

-

748
-
2,559
-

-
-

(134)
-
-

3,149
-
5,574
-

-

-
-
-
-

-
-
-
3,762

$

-
-
-
468

$

2,538
-
-
8,112

$

-
(1,645)
241
272
-

-
-
(1,132)
-

-
-

1,132
-
-

-
-
-
-

-

-
-
-
-

-
-
-
-

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

F-5

    
  
     
         
         
               
               
  
   
         
          
         
          
            
               
               
    
     
         
      
         
          
            
               
               
          
       
           
      
          
               
          
           
         
          
         
          
            
              
               
          
          
         
        
              
               
          
           
         
          
         
          
            
               
               
          
           
               
             
           
         
          
           
               
               
          
          
         
          
         
          
            
               
               
     
      
    
  
     
         
        
          
               
  
   
         
          
         
          
            
               
               
    
     
         
      
         
          
            
               
               
          
       
           
          
         
          
            
               
               
          
           
         
     
         
          
          
           
               
          
         
         
          
         
          
            
               
               
          
           
       
     
         
          
            
               
               
          
      
         
         
         
          
        
               
               
          
       
         
          
         
          
            
               
               
   
    
    
  
     
         
        
               
               
  
   
         
          
         
          
            
               
               
    
     
         
          
         
          
            
               
          
          
      
      
         
      
         
          
            
               
               
          
       
           
          
         
          
            
               
               
          
           
         
          
         
          
            
               
               
          
           
       
     
         
          
            
               
               
          
      
         
      
         
          
        
               
               
          
       
         
          
         
          
            
               
               
         
          
         
          
         
          
            
               
               
   
    
    
  
     
         
         
               
          
  
   
LITHIA MOTORS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
(In thousands)

Cash  flows from operating activities:
   Net income
   Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash 
      provided by operating activities:
         Asset impairment
         Depreciation and amortization
         Depreciation and amortization from discontinued operations
         Amortization of debt discount
         Stock-based compensation
         (Gain) loss on sale of assets
         (Gain) loss on disposal activities
         Deferred income taxes
         Excess tax benefits from share-based payment arrangements
         (Increase) decrease, net of effect of acquisitions:
            Trade and installment contract receivables, net
            Contracts in transit
            Inventories
            Vehicles leased to others
            Prepaid expenses and other
            Other non-current assets
            Floorplan notes payable
            Trade payables
            Accrued liabilities
            Other long-term liabilities and deferred revenue
               Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities

Cash flows from investing activities:
   Capital expenditures:
      Non-financeable
      Financeable
   Proceeds from sale of assets
   Cash paid for acquisitions, net of cash acquired
   Proceeds from sale of stores
               Net cash used in investing activities

Cash flows from financing activities:
   Floorplan notes payable: non-trade
   Borrowings on lines of credit
   Repayments on lines of credit
   Principal payments on long-term debt and capital leases
   Proceeds from issuance of long-term debt
   Repurchase of common stock
   Proceeds from issuance of common stock 
   Excess tax benefits from share-based payment arrangements
   Dividends paid
               Net cash provided by financing activities

Increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year

Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information:
   Cash paid during the period for interest
   Cash paid during the period for income taxes

Supplemental schedule of non-cash investing and financing
  activities:
   Debt issued in connection with acquisitions
   Floorplan debt acquired in connection with acquisitions
   Assets acquired through franchise exchange
   Floorplan debt paid by purchaser in connection with store disposals
   Floorplan debt paid in connection with store disposals
   Acquisition of property and equipment with capital lease
   Debt paid by purchaser in connection with store disposals
   Common stock received for the exercise price of stock options

2007

Year Ended December 31,
2006

2005

$

21,549

$

37,304

$

53,627

2,049
20,882
250
210
3,384
(8)
3,874
14,450
(283)

1,607
7,737
(13,843)
(3,461)
(2,545)
(1,688)
(100,128)
(3,948)
1,015
(314)
(49,211)

(23,024)
(68,917)
8,129
(13,315)
16,495
(80,632)

69,540
721,319
(681,319)
(20,067)
44,917
(5,247)
6,500
283
(11,018)
124,908

(4,935)

-
16,498
825
145
3,534
193
911
6,312
(369)

(8,137)
(3,758)
45,360
(2,701)
2,158
(1,993)
(75,041)
8,839
4,415
3,444
37,939

(28,690)
(45,009)
512
(105,505)
3,915
(174,777)

16,005
230,402
(136,402)
(9,008)
21,566
(4,720)
6,844
369
(10,184)
114,872

(21,966)

$

$

$

26,600
21,665

 $ 

48,566
26,600

 $ 

$

$

57,079
5,667

-
14,797
3,820

16,976
262
-

87

$

$

49,779
17,697

6,822
48,450
-

19,407
102
-
-

-
13,431
1,067
-
490
525
(28)
5,286
-

(11,864)
(9,540)
(60,474)
(1,633)
(1,682)
909
71,772
4,117
7,026
(411)
72,618

(21,093)
(32,196)
11,652
(51,713)
6,696
(86,654)

3,354
40,314
(31,000)
(7,454)
28,233
(10)
7,994
-
(7,698)
33,733

19,697

28,869
48,566

35,318
23,463

-
39,542
-

25,554
-
6,550
428

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

F-6

              
              
              
                
                    
                    
              
              
              
                   
                   
                
                   
                   
                    
                
                
                   
                      
                   
                   
                
                   
                    
              
                
                
                  
                  
                    
                
               
             
                
               
               
             
              
             
               
               
               
               
                
               
               
               
                   
           
             
              
               
                
                
                
                
                
                  
                
                  
             
              
              
             
             
             
             
             
             
                
                   
              
             
           
             
              
                
                
             
           
             
              
              
                
            
            
              
           
           
             
             
               
               
              
              
              
               
               
                    
                
                
                
                   
                   
                    
             
             
               
            
            
              
               
             
              
              
              
              
              
              
              
              
              
              
                
              
              
                    
                
                    
              
              
              
                
                    
                    
              
              
              
                   
                   
                    
                    
                    
                
                     
                    
                   
LITHIA MOTORS, INC. 
AND SUBSIDIARIES 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 

(1) 

Summary of Significant Accounting Policies 

Organization and Business 
We  are  a  leading  operator  of  automotive  franchises  and  retailer  of  new  and  used  vehicles  and 
services.    As  of  December  31,  2007,  we  offered  30  brands  of  new  vehicles  in  108  stores  in  the  United 
States  and  over  the  Internet  at  www.lithia.com.   We  sell  new  and  used  cars  and  light  trucks;  sell 
replacement parts; provide vehicle maintenance, warranty, paint and repair services; and arrange related 
financing, service contracts, protection products and credit insurance for our automotive customers. 

Principles of Consolidation 
The accompanying financial statements reflect the results of operations, the financial position and 
the  cash  flows  for  Lithia  Motors,  Inc.  and  its  directly  and  indirectly  wholly-owned  subsidiaries.  All 
significant  intercompany  accounts  and  transactions,  consisting  principally  of  intercompany  sales,  have 
been eliminated upon consolidation.   

Cash and Cash Equivalents 
Cash  and  cash  equivalents  are  defined  as  cash  on  hand  and  cash  in  bank  accounts  without 

restrictions.  

Contracts in Transit 
Contracts in transit relate to amounts due from various lenders for the financing of vehicles sold 

and are typically received within five days of selling a vehicle.    

Trade Receivables 
Trade receivables include amounts due from the following: 
• 
• 
• 

from customers for vehicles and service and parts business;  
from manufacturers for factory rebates, dealer incentives and warranty reimbursement; and 
from insurance companies, finance companies and other miscellaneous receivables.   

Receivables are recorded at invoice cost and do not bear interest until such time as they are 60 
days  past  due.  Reserves  for  uncollectible  accounts  are  estimated  based  on  our  historical  write-off 
experience and are reviewed on a monthly basis. Account balances are charged off against  the reserve 
after  all  means  of  collection  have  been  exhausted  and  the  potential  for  recovery  is  considered  remote.  
We  do  not  have  any  off-balance  sheet  credit  exposure  related  to  our  customers.  A  roll-forward  of  our 
allowance for doubtful accounts was as follows (in thousands): 

Year Ended December 31, 
Balance, beginning of period 
Bad debt expense 
Write-offs 
Recoveries 
Balance, end of period 

2007 
390 
1,159 
(3,301) 
2,143 
391 

$ 

$ 

2006 
406 
1,088 
(2,623) 
1,519 
390 

$ 

$ 

2005 
436 
750 
(1,796) 
1,016 
406 

$ 

$ 

Inventories 
Inventories are valued at the lower of market value or cost, using a pooled approach for vehicles 
and the specific identification method for parts. The cost of new and used vehicle inventories includes the 
cost of any equipment added, reconditioning and transportation.   

F-7 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Vehicles Leased to Others and Related Lease Receivables 
Vehicles  leased  to  others  are  stated  at  cost  and  depreciated  over  their  estimated  useful  lives 
(5 years) on  a straight-line basis. Lease receivables result  from customer,  employee  and  fleet  leases of 
vehicles  under  agreements  that  qualify  as  operating  leases.  Leases  are  cancelable  at  the  option  of  the 
lessee after providing 30 days written notice.  Vehicles leased  to others  are classified  as current or non-
current based on the remaining lease term. 

Assets Held for Sale 
At  December  31,  2007  and  2006,  assets  held  for  sale  of  $23.8  million  and  $15.5  million, 
respectively, related to stores held for sale and were recorded on our balance sheet at the lower of book 
value or estimated fair market value, less applicable selling costs. See also Note 17. 

Property, Plant and Equipment 
Property, plant and equipment are stated at cost and are being depreciated over their estimated 

useful lives, on the straight-line basis. The range of estimated useful lives is as follows: 

Buildings and improvements 
Service equipment 
Furniture, signs and fixtures 

40 years 
5 to 10 years 
5 to 10 years 

The cost for maintenance, repairs and minor renewals is expensed as incurred, while significant 
renewals  and  betterments  are  capitalized.  In  addition,  interest  on  borrowings  for  major  capital  projects, 
significant  renewals  and  betterments are  capitalized.  Capitalized  interest  becomes  a  part  of  the  cost  of 
the  depreciable  asset  and  is  depreciated  according  to  the  estimated  useful  lives  as  previously  stated. 
Capitalized  interest  totaled  $3.2  million,  $1.5  million  and  $0.9  million,  respectively,  in  2007,  2006  and 
2005.  

When an asset is retired or otherwise disposed of, the related cost and accumulated depreciation 

are removed from the accounts, and any gain or loss is credited or charged to income.  

Leased property meeting certain criteria is capitalized and the present value of the related lease 
payments is recorded  as a  liability. Amortization  of capitalized  leased  assets  is computed on a straight-
line  basis  over  the  term  of  the  lease,  unless  the  lease  transfers  title  or  it  contains  a  bargain  purchase 
option, in which case, it is amortized over the asset’s useful life, and is included in depreciation expense.   

through  2066.  Certain 

Leases 
We lease certain of our facilities under non-cancelable operating leases. These leases expire at 
increases  at 
various  dates 
lease  commitments  contain 
predetermined intervals over the life of the lease, while other lease commitments are subject to escalation 
clauses  of  an  amount  equal  to  the  increase  in  the  cost  of  living  based  on  the  “Consumer  Price  Index - 
U.S. Cities Average - All Items for all Urban Consumers” published by the U.S. Department of Labor, or a 
substantially equivalent regional index.  Lease expense is recognized on a straight-line basis over the life 
of the lease. 

fixed  payment 

Leasehold  improvements  made at the inception of the lease or during  the  term of the lease are 
amortized on a straight-line basis over the shorter of the life of the improvement or the remaining term of 
the lease. 

Long-Lived Asset Impairment  
Long-lived assets held and used by us and intangible assets with determinable lives are reviewed 
for impairment whenever events or circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of assets may not be 
recoverable in accordance with SFAS No. 144 “Accounting for the Impairment or Disposal of Long-Lived 
Assets.” We evaluate recoverability of assets  to be  held and used  by comparing  the carrying amount of 
an  asset  to  future  net  undiscounted  cash  flows,  including  possible  disposition,  to  be  generated  by  the 
asset. If such assets are considered to be impaired, the impairment to be recognized is measured as the 
amount  by  which  the  carrying  amount  of  the  assets  exceeds  the  fair  value  of  the  assets.  Such  reviews 
assess  the  fair  value  of  the  assets  based  upon  estimates  of  future  cash  flows  that  the  assets  are 
expected to generate. We did not record any impairments on assets to be held and used in 2007, 2006 or 
2005. 

F-8 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
For  a  further  discussion  of  impairments  related  to  long-lived  assets  to  be  disposed  of  by  sale, 

please refer to Note 17, “Discontinued Operations.”  

Goodwill 
Goodwill represents the excess purchase price over fair value of net assets acquired, which is not 

allocable to separately identifiable intangible assets. 

Pursuant to SFAS No. 142, “Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets,” goodwill is not amortized, but 
tested for impairment, at least annually. The review is conducted more frequently than annually if events 
or  circumstances  occur  that  warrant  a  review.  In  accordance  with  the  provisions  of  SFAS  No.  142,  we 
have determined that we operate as one reporting unit.  

We review our goodwill on October 1 of each year by applying a fair-value based  test using the 
Adjusted Present Value  method (“APV”)  to  indicate  the fair value of our reporting unit.  During 2007, we 
changed  our  annual  impairment  test  date  from  December  31  to  October  1,  as  this  date  provides 
additional  time  prior  to  our  year-end  of  December  31  to  complete  the  impairment  testing  and  report  the 
results of those tests in our annual report with the Securities and Exchange Commission on Form 10-K. 

Under the  APV  method, future cash flows are based  on recently prepared budget forecasts and 
business plans to estimate the future economic benefits that the reporting unit will generate. An estimate 
of  the appropriate  discount rate is  utilized  to convert  the future economic benefits  to  their present value 
equivalent.  Growth  rates  are  calculated  for  five  years  based  on  management’s  forecasted  sales 
projections.  The growth rates used for periods beyond five years are calculated based on regional U.S. 
Census Bureau data for population growth and the U.S. Department of Labor, Bureau of Labor Statistics 
for historical consumer price index data. The discount rate applied to  the  future cash flows  factors in an 
equity risk premium, small stock risk premium, a beta, and a risk-free rate. Market values for real estate 
are  estimated  based  on  information  available  on  each  piece  of  real  estate,  including  historical  outside  
appraisals  obtained  on  the  real  estate  and  an  estimate  of    market  value  based  on  various  factors 
including property tax assessments, local and regional rent factors, or other information to determine fair 
market value. 

The  impairment  test  is  a  two  step  process.  The  first  step  identifies  potential  impairments  by 
comparing the calculated fair value of a reporting unit with its book value. If the fair value of the reporting 
unit exceeds  the carrying amount, goodwill is not impaired and the second step is  not necessary. If  the 
carrying value exceeds the fair value, the second step includes determining the implied fair value through 
further market research. The implied fair value of goodwill is then compared with the carrying amount to 
determine if an impairment loss is recorded. 

During 2007, 2006, and 2005, we concluded that there were no impairments to the carrying value 

of goodwill. 

Other Identifiable Intangible Assets  
Other identifiable intangible assets represent the franchise value of stores acquired since July 1, 
2001,  non-compete  agreements  and  customer  lists.  Non-compete  agreements  are  amortized  using  the 
straight-line method over the contractual life of the agreement and customer lists are amortized using the 
straight-line  method  over  their  estimated  lives  of  approximately  five  years.  Except  for  our  non-compete 
agreements  and  customer  lists,  our  identifiable  intangible  assets  have  indefinite  useful  lives.  We 
determined that our franchise agreements have indefinite useful lives based on the following: 

•  Certain of our franchise agreements continue indefinitely by their terms; 
•  Certain  of  our  franchise  agreements  have  limited  terms,  but  are  routinely  renewed  without 

• 

substantial cost to us; 
In  the  established  retail  automotive  franchise  industry,  we  are  not  aware  of  manufacturers 
terminating  franchise  agreements  against  the  wishes  of  the  franchise  owners,  except  under 
extraordinary  circumstances,  and  we  have  never  had  a  franchise  agreement  terminated 
against our wishes.  A manufacturer may pressure a franchise owner to sell a franchise when 
they are in breach of the franchise agreement over an extended period of time. The franchise 
owner is typically able to sell the franchise for market value. 

•  State  dealership  franchise  laws  typically  limit  the  rights  of  the  manufacturer  to  terminate  or 

not renew a franchise;  

F-9 

 
 
 
 
•  We  are  not  aware  of  any  legislation  or  other  factors  that  would  materially  change  the  retail 

automotive franchise system; and 

•  As evidenced by  our acquisition history, there is an active  market for  automotive dealership 
franchises within the United States. We attribute value to the franchise agreements acquired 
with the dealerships we purchase based on the understanding and industry practice that the 
franchise agreements will be renewed indefinitely by the manufacturer. 

Accordingly, we have determined that our franchise agreements will continue to contribute to our 

cash flows indefinitely and, therefore, have indefinite lives.  

Pursuant to SFAS No. 142, other identifiable intangible assets with indefinite useful lives are not 

amortized, but are tested for impairment, at least annually. 

According  to  Emerging  Issues  Task  Force  (“EITF”)  02-7,  “Unit  of  Accounting  for  Testing 
Impairment  of  Indefinite-Lived  Intangible  Assets,”  we  have  concluded  that  the  appropriate  unit  of 
accounting for determining franchise value is on an individual store basis.  

We  use  an  APV  method  to  calculate  the  fair  value  of  future  cash  flows  associated  with  our 
franchise. Future cash flows are based on recently prepared forecasts and business plans to estimate the 
future economic benefits that the store will generate. We estimate the appropriate discount rate to convert 
the future economic benefits to their present value equivalent. Growth rates are calculated for five years 
based  on  management’s  forecasted  sales  projections.  The  growth  rates  used  for  periods  beyond  five 
years  are  calculated  based  on  regional  U.S.  Census  Bureau  population  growth  data  and  the  U.S. 
Department  of  Labor,  Bureau  of  Labor  Statistics  for  historical  consumer  price  index  data.  The  discount 
rate applied  to  the  future cash flows factors in an equity risk premium, small stock risk premium, a  beta 
and a risk-free rate.  

During  2007,  we  recorded  a  $2.0  million  impairment  related  to  a  Chevrolet,  Ford  and  Hyundai 
franchise. Of this impairment, $0.1 million was related to the termination of a Hyundai franchise, and $1.9 
million was related to the annual test for impairment under SFAS No. 142. There were no impairments to 
franchises in 2006 or 2005. A future decline in store performance, change in projected growth rates, other 
margin assumptions and changes in interest rates could result in a potential impairment of one or more of 
our franchises. At December 31, 2007 and 2006, intangible assets were $68.9 million and $69.1 million, 
respectively. 

Incentives, Credits and Floor Plan Assistance 

Manufacturers  reimburse  us  for  holdbacks,  floor  plan  interest  and  advertising  credits,  which  are  earned 
when  each  vehicle  is  purchased  by  us.  The  manufacturers  reimburse  us  weekly,  monthly  or  quarterly 
depending on the manufacturer and the type of program. The manufacturers determine the amount of the 
reimbursements  based  on  many  factors  including  the  value  and  make  of  the  vehicles  purchased. 
Pursuant  to  EITF  02-16  “Accounting  by  a  Customer  (Including  a  Reseller)  for  Certain  Consideration 
Received  from  a  Vendor,”  we  recognize  advertising  credits,  floorplan  interest  credits,  holdbacks,  cash 
incentives and other rebates received from manufacturers that are tied to specific vehicles as a reduction 
to cost of goods sold as the related vehicles are sold. When amounts are received prior to the sale of the 
vehicle, such amounts are netted against inventory until the vehicle is sold.   

We earn certain other cash incentives and rebates from the manufacturer when the vehicles are 
sold to the customer. The amount of cash incentives  and other rebates can vary based on the type and 
number of models sold.    

Advertising credits that are not  tied  to specific vehicles are earned  from the  manufacturer when 
we  submit  reimbursement  for  qualifying  advertising  expenditures  and  are  recognized  as  a  reduction  of 
advertising  expense  upon  manufacturer  confirmation  that  our  submitted  expenditures  qualify  for  such 
credits. 

Parts purchase discounts that we receive from the manufacturer are earned when certain parts or 
volume of parts are purchased from the manufacturer and are recognized as a reduction to cost of good 
sold as the related inventory is sold.  

F-10 

 
 
 
 
Advertising 
We  expense  production  and  other  costs  of  advertising  as  incurred  as  a  component  of  selling, 
general  and  administrative  expense.  Advertising  expense,  net  of  manufacturer  cooperative  advertising 
credits of $5.6 million, $6.0 million and $4.6 million, was $21.3 million, $20.1 million and $17.9 million for 
the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005, respectively.  

Environmental Liabilities and Expenditures 
Accruals  for  environmental  matters,  if  any,  are  recorded  in  operating  expenses  when  it  is 
probable  that  a  liability  has  been  incurred  and  the  amount  of  the  liability  can  be  reasonably  estimated.  
Accrued liabilities are exclusive of claims against third parties and are not discounted.   

In  general,  on  going  costs  related  to  environmental  remediation  are  charged  to  expense. 
Environmental  costs  are  capitalized  if  such  costs  increase  the  value  of  the  property  and/or  mitigate  or 
prevent contamination from future operations.   

We  are  aware  of  limited  contamination  at  certain  of our  current  and  former  facilities,  and are  in 
the  process  of  conducting  investigations  and/or  remediation  at  some  of  these  properties.  Based  on  our 
current  information,  we  do  not  believe  that  any  costs  or  liabilities  relating  to  such  contamination,  other 
environmental  matters  or  compliance  with  environmental  regulations  will  have  a  material  adverse  effect 
on our cash flows, results of operations or financial condition. There can be no assurances, however, that 
additional environmental matters will not arise or that new conditions or facts will not develop in the future 
at our current or formerly owned or operated facilities, or at sites that we may acquire in the future,  that 
will result in a material adverse effect on our cash flows, results of operations or financial condition. 

Income Taxes 
Income taxes are accounted for under the asset and liability method as prescribed by SFAS No. 
109  “Accounting  for  Income  Taxes.”  Deferred  tax  assets  and  liabilities  are  recognized  for  the  future  tax 
consequences  attributable  to  differences  between  the  financial  statement  carrying  amounts  of  existing 
assets  and  liabilities  and  their  respective  tax  bases  and  operating  loss  and  tax  credit  carryforwards.  
Deferred  tax  assets  and  liabilities  are  measured  using  enacted  tax  rates  expected  to  apply  to  taxable 
income  in  the  years  in  which  those  temporary  differences  are  expected  to  be  recovered  or  settled.  The 
effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in income in the period 
that includes the enactment date.  

In June 2006, the  Financial  Accounting  Standards  Board (“FASB”)  issued  Interpretation No. 48, 
“Accounting  for  Uncertainty  in  Income  Taxes,”  which  is  an  interpretation  of  FASB  Statement  No.  109.  
Interpretation  No.  48  applies  to  all  tax  positions  accounted  for  under  Statement  No.  109.  The 
interpretation applies  to situations where the uncertainty is to the timing of  the deduction,  the amount of 
the deduction, or the validity of the deduction. We adopted the provisions of Interpretation No. 48 effective 
January 1, 2007.  At adoption, companies  must adjust  their  financial statements  to reflect only those  tax 
positions  that  are  more-likely-than-not  to  be  sustained  as  of  the  adoption  date.  Positions  that  meet  this 
criterion should be  measured using  the largest benefit that is more than 50 percent likely to be realized. 
The  necessary  adjustment  should  be  recorded  directly  to  the  beginning  balance  of  retained  earnings  in 
the period of adoption and reported as a change in accounting principle, if material. However, because of 
the  immaterial  nature  of  the  adjustment,  we  have  not  presented  this  item  separately  on  the  face  of  the 
balance sheet.  

F-11 

 
 
 
 
 
 
At  adoption,  important  information  in  regard  to  our  reporting  for  Interpretation  No.  48  was  as 

follows: 

Total amount of unrecognized tax benefits 
Amount  of  unrecognized  tax  benefits  that  would  impact  the  effective  rate  if 
recognized 
Nature  and  potential  magnitude  of  significant  changes  in  unrecognized  tax 
benefits  that  are  reasonably  possible  within  the  12  months  following  the 
adoption date pursuant to paragraph 21(d) of Interpretation No. 48 
Accrued interest and penalties as of the date of adoption 

$ 

$ 

$ 
$ 

- 

- 

- 
- 

Entity policy for classifying interest and penalties: 
Description of open tax years: 

  Tax expense 
  Federal 2003 – 2006  
15 States 2002 - 2006 

Taxes Assessed by a Governmental Authority 
We  account  for  all  taxes  assessed  by  a  governmental  authority  that  are  directly  imposed  on  a 

revenue-producing transaction (i.e., sales, use, value-added) on a net (excluded from revenues) basis.  

Computation of Per Share Amounts 
Following  is  a  reconciliation  of  the  income  from  continuing  operations  and  weighted  average 
shares  used  for  our  basic  earnings  per  share  (“EPS”)  and  diluted  EPS  (in  thousands,  except  per  share 
amounts).  

Year Ended December 31,  

2007 

Income 
from 
Continuing 
Operations 

Per 
Share 
Amount 

Shares 

2006 

Income 
from 
Continuing 
Operations 

Per 
Share 
Amount 

Shares 

2005 

Income 
from 
Continuing 
Operations 

Per 
Share 
Amount 

Shares 

Basic EPS 
Income from continuing 

operations available to  

  common stockholders 
Effect of Dilutive Securities 
2 7/8% convertible senior 

subordinated notes 

Stock  options  and  unvested 

restricted stock 

Diluted EPS 
Income from continuing 

operations available to  

  common stockholders 

Antidilutive Securities 
Shares issuable pursuant to 
  stock options not included  
  since they were antidilutive 

$25,984 

19,530 

$1.33 

$40,319 

19,485 

$2.07 

$55,393 

19,175 

$2.89 

1,879 

2,281 

(0.05) 

1,896 

2,255 

(0.12) 

1,845 

2,255 

(0.21) 

- 

271 

(0.02) 

- 

362 

(0.04) 

- 

377 

(0.06) 

$27,863 

22,082 

$1.26 

$42,215 

22,102 

$1.91 

$57,238 

21,807 

$2.62 

621 

356 

272 

Concentrations of Risk 
Concentrations of credit risk with respect to trade receivables are limited due to the large number 
of  customers  comprising  our  customer  base.  Receivables  from  all  manufacturers  accounted  for  19.7% 
and  17.2%,  respectively,  of  total  accounts  receivable  at  December  31,  2007  and  2006.  Included  in  the 
19.7%  is  one  manufacturer  who  accounted  for  10.8%  of  the  total  accounts  receivable  balance  at 
December  31,  2007.  Included  in  the  17.2%  is  one  manufacturer  who  accounted  for  9.7%  of  the  total 
accounts receivable balance at December 31, 2006.  

In addition, in 2007, 2006 and 2005, 32.8%, 34.4% and 33.9%, respectively, of our total revenue 
was derived  from the sale of new vehicles  from two  manufacturers. During 2007, approximately 62% of 
our  new  vehicle  revenue  was  derived  from  domestic  manufacturers.  Any  unusual  event  or  economic 
slow-down in our domestic vehicle sales could significantly impact our revenue mix. 

Financial  instruments,  which  potentially  subject  us  to  concentrations  of  credit  risk,  consist 
principally of cash deposits. We generally are exposed to credit risk from balances on deposit in financial 
institutions in excess of the FDIC-insured limit.   

F-12 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Financial Instruments and Market Risks 
The carrying amount of cash equivalents, contracts in transit, trade receivables, trade payables, 
accrued  liabilities  and  short-term  borrowings  approximates  fair  value  because  of  the  short-term  nature 
and current market rates of these instruments.  

Fair  value  estimates  are  made  at  a  specific  point  in  time,  based  on  relevant  market  information 
about  the  financial  instrument.  These  estimates  are  subjective  in  nature  and  involve  uncertainties  and 
matters  of  significant  judgment  and  therefore  cannot  be  determined  with  precision.  Changes  in 
assumptions could significantly affect the estimates.  

We have variable rate floor plan notes payable and other credit line borrowings that subject us to 
market risk exposure.  At December 31, 2007 we had  $635.6  million  outstanding under such facilities at 
interest  rates  ranging  from  5.75%  to  6.60%  per  annum,  $451.6  million  of  which  was  outstanding  under 
our floorplan facilities. An increase or decrease in the interest rates would affect interest expense for the 
period accordingly. 

The  fair  market  value  of  long-term  fixed  interest  rate  debt  is  subject  to  interest  rate  risk.  
Generally, the fair  market value of fixed  interest rate debt will increase as interest rates fall because we 
could  refinance  for  a  lower  rate.  Conversely,  the  fair  value  of  fixed  interest  rate  debt  will  decrease  as 
interest  rates  rise.  The  interest  rate  changes  affect  the  fair  market  value  but  do  not  impact  earnings  or 
cash  flows.  We  monitor  our  fixed  rate  debt  regularly,  refinancing  debt  that  is  materially  above  market 
rates, if permitted by its terms.  

Based on open market trades, we determined that our $85.0 million of long-term convertible fixed 
interest rate debt had a fair market value of approximately $76.4 million and $81.2 million, respectively, at 
December 31, 2007 and 2006. In addition, at December 31, 2007 and 2006, respectively, we had $164.1 
million  and  $133.9  million  of  other  long-term  fixed  interest  rate  debt  outstanding.  Based  on  discounted 
cash  flows,  we  have  determined  that  the  fair  market  value  of  this  long-term  fixed  interest  rate  debt  was 
approximately $167.8 million and $132.3 million, respectively, at December 31, 2007.  

We  are  also  subjected  to  credit  risk  and  market  risk  by  entering  into  interest  rate  swaps.  See 
below  and  also  Note  7.  We  minimize  the  credit  or  repayment  risk  on  our  derivative  instruments  by 
entering into transactions with institutions whose credit rating is Aa or higher. 

Derivative Financial Instruments 
We  enter  into  interest  rate  swap  agreements  to  reduce  our  exposure  to  market  risks  from 
changing interest rates on our new vehicle floorplan lines of credit. The difference between interest paid 
and interest received, which may change as market interest rates change, is accrued and recognized as 
either  additional  floorplan  interest  expense,  or  a  reduction  thereof.  If  a  swap  is  terminated  prior  to  its 
maturity,  the  gain  or  loss  is  recognized  over  the  remaining  original  life  of  the  swap  if  the  item  hedged 
remains  outstanding,  or  immediately  if  the  item  hedged  does  not  remain  outstanding.  If  the  swap  is  not 
terminated  prior  to  maturity,  but  the  underlying  hedged  debt  item  is  no  longer  outstanding,  the  interest 
rate swap is marked to market, and any unrealized gain or loss is recognized immediately. 

We  account  for  our  derivative  financial  instruments  in  accordance  with  SFAS  No.  133, 
“Accounting  for  Derivative  Instruments  and  Hedging  Activities,”  as  amended  by  SFAS  No.  138, 
“Accounting  for  Certain  Derivative  Instruments  and  Certain  Hedging  Activities-an  amendment  of  FASB 
Statement  No.  133”  and  SFAS  No.  137,  “Accounting  for  Derivative  Instruments and  Hedging  Activities” 
(collectively,  “the  Standards”).  The  Standards  require  that  all  derivative  instruments  (including  certain 
derivative instruments embedded in other contracts) be recorded on the balance sheet as either an asset 
or liability measured at its fair value, and that changes in the derivatives fair value be recognized currently 
in earnings unless specific hedge accounting criteria are met. See also Note 7. 

F-13 

 
 
 
 
 
Use of Estimates 
The  preparation  of  financial  statements  in  conformity  with  accounting  principles  generally 
accepted in the United States of America requires management to make estimates and assumptions that 
affect  the  amounts  reported  in  the  consolidated  financial  statements  and  related  notes  to  financial 
statements.  Changes in such estimates may affect amounts reported in future periods.  

Estimates  are  used  in  the  calculation  of  certain  reserves  maintained  for  charge  backs  on 
estimated  cancellations  of  service  contracts,  life,  accident  and  disability  insurance  policies,  and  finance 
fees  from  customer  financing  contracts.  We  also  use  estimates  in  the  calculation  of  various  expenses, 
accruals  and  reserves  including  anticipated  workers  compensation  premium  expenses  related  to  a 
retrospective cost policy, estimated uncollectible accounts and notes receivable, discretionary employee 
bonus,  environmental  matters,  warranty  claims  for  our  used  vehicles,  gross  profit  on  service  work 
performed  on  vehicles  in  inventory,  estimate  of  revenue  recognition  on  discounts  received  on  parts 
inventory and stock-based compensation.  We also  make certain estimates regarding  the  assessment of 
the recoverability of goodwill and other indefinite-lived intangible assets.   

Revenue Recognition 
Revenue  from  the  sale  of  vehicles  is  recognized  when  a  contract  is  signed  by  the  customer,  a 
preliminary  bank agreement  is  obtained, and  the  delivery  of  the  vehicles  to  the customer  is  made.   Fleet 
sales of vehicles whereby we do not take possession of the vehicles are shown on a net basis in fleet and 
other revenue. 

Revenue  from  parts  and  service  is  recognized  upon  delivery  of  the  parts  or  service  to  the 

customer.  

Finance  fees  earned  for  notes  placed  with  financial  institutions  in  connection  with  customer 
vehicle financing are recognized, net of estimated charge-backs, as finance and insurance revenue upon 
acceptance of the credit by the financial institution.   

Insurance  income  from  third  party  insurance  companies  for  commissions  earned  on  credit  life, 
accident and disability insurance policies sold in connection with the sale of a vehicle are recognized, net 
of anticipated cancellations, as finance and insurance revenue upon execution of the insurance contract.    

Commissions  from  third party service contracts are recognized, net of anticipated cancellations, 

as finance and insurance revenue upon sale of the contracts.   

We  also  participate  in  future  underwriting  profit,  pursuant  to  retrospective  commission 

arrangements, recognized as income as earned. 

Sales Returns 
In  connection  with  the  implementation  of  our  customer  guarantees,  we  allow  vehicles  to  be 
returned within three days or 500 miles of the date of purchase. We have estimated the amount of vehicle 
returns using historical experience. As of December 31, 2007 and 2006, our allowance for vehicle sales 
returns, including finance and insurance fees, totaled $4.0 million and $1.1 million of revenue, with gross 
profit  of  $0.2  million  and  $0.1  million,  respectively.  We  allow  for  customer  returns  on  sales  of  our  parts 
inventory  up  to 30 days after the sale.  Most parts returns generally occur within one  to  two  weeks from 
the time of sale, and are not significant.  At December 31, 2007 and 2006, our allowance for parts sales 
returns totaled $89,000 and $0, respectively.  

Legal Costs 
We  are  a  party  to  numerous  legal  proceedings  arising  in  the  normal  course  of  business.  We 
accrue  for  certain  legal  costs  and  potential  settlement  claims  related  to  various  proceedings  that  are 
estimable and probable in accordance with SFAS No. 5, “Accounting for Contingencies.” 

Debt Issuance Costs and Loan Origination Fees 
Debt  issuance  costs  and  loan  origination  fees  paid,  including  incremental  direct  costs  of 
completed  loan agreements, are deferred  and amortized over the life of the debt  to which  it relates and 
are shown as an increase to the related interest expense. 

F-14 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Warranty 
We offer a 60-day, 3000 mile limited warranty on the sale of retail used vehicles. We estimate our 
warranty liability based on the number of vehicles sold and an estimated claim cost per vehicle based on 
past  experience.  Each  year,  we  analyze  the  warranty  charges  related  to  our  used  vehicle  sales  and 
update  our  per  used  vehicle  warranty  estimate.  The  estimated  warranty  is  added  to  cost  of  sales  upon 
sale  of  the  related  vehicle.  At  December  31,  2007  and  2006,  accrued  warranty  totaled  $144,000  and 
$215,000,  respectively,  and  is  included  in  other  current  liabilities  on  the  consolidated  balance  sheets.  A 
roll-forward  of  our  warranty  liability  for  the  years  ended  December  31,  2007,  2006  and  2005  was  as 
follows (in thousands): 

Year Ended December 31, 
Balance, beginning of period 
Warranties issued 
Reductions for warranty payments made 
Adjustments and changes in estimates 
Balance, end of period 

2007 

215 
2,737 
(2,808) 
- 
144 

$ 

$ 

2006 

176 
2,494 
(3,025) 
570 
215 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

2005 

198 
2,429 
(2,434) 
(17) 
176 

Major Supplier and Franchise Agreements 
We  purchase  substantially  all  of  our  new  vehicles  and  inventory  from  various  manufacturers  at 
the  prevailing  prices  charged  by  auto  makers  to  all  franchised  dealers.  Our  overall  sales  could  be 
impacted by the auto manufacturers’ inability or unwillingness to supply the dealership with an adequate 
supply of popular models.   

We enter  into agreements (the “Franchise Agreements”) with  the  manufacturers.  The  Franchise 
Agreements  generally  limit  the  location  of  the  dealership  and  provide  the  auto  manufacturer  approval 
rights over changes in dealership management and ownership. The auto manufacturers are also entitled 
to terminate the Franchise Agreements if the dealership is in material breach of the terms. Our ability to 
expand  operations  depends,  in  part,  on  obtaining  consents  of  the  manufacturers  for  the  acquisition  of 
additional dealerships. See also “Goodwill and Other Identifiable Intangible Assets” above. 

Stock-Based Compensation 
Effective  January  1,  2006,  we  adopted  SFAS  No.  123R,  “Share-Based  Payment,”  which 
establishes accounting for equity instruments exchanged for employee services. Under the provisions of 
SFAS  No.  123R,  stock-based  compensation  cost  for  equity  classified  awards  is  measured  at  the  grant 
date,  based  on  the  fair  value  of  the  award,  and  is  recognized  as  an  expense  over  the  employee’s 
requisite  service  period  (generally  the  vesting  period  of  the  equity  award).  Prior  to  January  1,  2006,  we 
accounted  for  share-based  compensation  to  employees  in  accordance  with  APB  Opinion  No.  25, 
“Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees,” (“APB 25”) and related interpretations. We also followed the 
fair value disclosure requirements of SFAS No. 123, “Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation.” 

We  adopted  the  modified  prospective  transition  method  as  provided  by  SFAS  No.  123R  and, 
accordingly, financial statement amounts for the prior periods presented in this Form 10-K have not been 
restated to reflect the fair value method of expensing stock-based compensation. Under this method, the 
provisions of SFAS No. 123R apply to all awards granted or modified after the date of adoption, as well 
as to the unrecognized expense of awards not yet vested at  the date of adoption. Such expense will be 
recognized  as  compensation  expense  in  the  periods  after  the  date  of  adoption  using  the  Black-Scholes 
valuation method over the remainder of the requisite service period. Our unearned compensation balance 
of  $1.1  million  as  of  December  31,  2005,  which  was  accounted  for  under  APB  25,  was  reclassified  into 
our Class A common stock upon the adoption of SFAS No. 123R. The cumulative effect of the change in 
accounting principle from APB 25 to SFAS No. 123R was not material. 

F-15 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Disclosure  of  net  income  and  earnings  per  share  as  if  the  fair  value  method  prescribed  by 
in  measuring 

SFAS No. 123, 
compensation expense in prior periods is as follows (in thousands, except per share amounts): 

for  Stock-Based  Compensation,”  had  been  applied 

“Accounting 

Year Ended December 31, 
Net income, as reported 
Add - Stock-based employee compensation expense included in 

reported net income, net of related tax effects 

- 

Deduct 

total  stock-based  employee  compensation  expense 
determined  under  the  fair  value  based  method  for  all  awards,  net  of 
related tax effects 
Net income, pro forma 
Basic net income per share: 
   As reported 
   Pro forma 
Diluted net income per share: 
   As reported 
   Pro forma 

2005 
53,627 

303 

(2,480) 
51,450 

2.80 
2.68 

2.54 
2.44 

$ 

$ 

$ 
$ 

$ 
$ 

Segment Reporting 
Based  upon  definitions  contained  within  SFAS  No.  131  “Disclosures  about  Segments  of  an 

Enterprise and Related Information,” an operating segment is a component of an enterprise: 

• 
that engages in business activities from which it may earn revenues and incur expenses; 
•  whose  operating  results  are  regularly  reviewed  by  the  enterprise’s  chief  operating 
decision  maker  to  make  decisions  about  resources  to  be  allocated  to  the  segment  and 
assess its performance; and 
for which discrete financial information is available. 

• 

We  define  the  term  ‘chief  operating  decision  maker’  to  be  our  executive  management  group. 
Currently, all operations are reviewed on a consolidated basis for budget and business plan performance 
by  our  executive  team.  Additionally,  operational  performance  at  the  end  of  each  reporting  period  is 
viewed  in  the  aggregate  by  our  management  group.  Any  decisions  related  to  changes  in  personnel, 
dispatching  corporate  employees  to  assist  in  operational  improvement  or  training,  or  to  allocate  other 
company resources are made based on the combined results. 

We  believe  that  in  addition  to  operating  in  one  segment,  our  store  locations  exhibit  similar 
economic  characteristics  by  maintaining  similar  financial  performance.  Additional  factors  we  consider 
include: 

• 
• 
• 
• 

the nature of the products and services we offer; 
the nature of the production processes we complete; 
the type or class of customer for our products and services; and 
the methods use to distribute our products and provide our services. 

Based  on  these  factors,  we  believe  our  stores  possess  similar  economic  characteristics,  and 
would  qualify  for  aggregation  under  SFAS  No.  131  if  they  were  determined  to  operate  as  separate 
segments. Therefore, we conclude that we operate as one segment, automotive retailing. 

Reclassifications 
Reclassifications  related  to  discontinued  operations  were  made  to  the  prior  period  financial 
statements to conform to the current period presentation in accordance with SFAS No. 144, “Accounting 
for  the  Impairment  or  Disposal  of  Long-Lived  Assets.”  In  addition,  borrowings  and  repayments  on  our 
lines of credit, which had previously been presented net, were broken out separately on our consolidated 
statements  of  cash  flows.  Certain  other  immaterial  reclassifications  were  also  made  to  conform  to  the 
current period presentation. 

F-16 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
(2) 

Trade Receivables 

Trade receivables consisted of the following (in thousands): 

December 31,  
Trade receivables 
Vehicle receivables 
Manufacturer receivables 
Other 

Less: Allowances 
  Total receivables, net 

2007 
13,234 
23,878 
21,514 
2,678 
61,304 
(391) 
60,913 

$ 

$ 

2006 
14,086 
25,427 
20,446 
2,748 
62,707 
(390) 
62,317 

$ 

$ 

Vehicle receivables represent receivables from financial institutions for  the portion of  the vehicle 

sales price financed by the customer. 

(3) 

Inventories and Related Notes Payable 

The  new  and  used  vehicle  inventory,  collateralizing  related  notes  payable,  and  other  inventory 

were as follows (in thousands): 

December 31,  

New and program vehicles 
Used vehicles 
Parts and accessories 

2007 

Notes 
Payable 
451,590 

$ 

Inventory 
Cost 
432,718 
136,239 
32,802 
601,759 

$ 

$ 

Inventory 
Cost 
466,703 
103,857 
32,746 
603,306 

$ 

$ 

2006 

Notes 
Payable 
499,679 

$ 

The  inventory  cost  is  generally  reduced  by  manufacturer  holdbacks  and  incentives,  while  the 
related floorplan notes payable are reflective of the gross cost of the vehicle. The floorplan notes payable, 
as shown in the above table, will generally also be higher than the inventory cost due to the timing of the 
sale of a vehicle and payment of the related liability.   

All new vehicles are pledged to collateralize floor plan notes payable  to floorplan providers. The 
floorplan  notes  payable  bear  interest,  payable  monthly  on  the  outstanding  balance,  at  a  rate  of  interest 
that  varies  by  provider.  The  new  vehicle  floorplan  notes  are  payable  on  demand  and  are  typically  paid 
upon  the  sale  of  the  related  vehicle.  As  such,  these  floorplan  notes  payable  are  shown  as  current 
liabilities in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets.   

Ford  Motor  Credit,  General  Motors  Acceptance  Corporation  (“GMAC”),  Volkswagen  Credit  and 
BMW Financial Services NA, LLC have agreed to floor all of our new vehicles for their respective brands 
with  DaimlerChrysler  Financial  Services  Americas  LLC  and  Toyota  Motor  Credit  Corporation  serving  as 
the primary lenders for substantially all other brands. These new vehicle lines are secured by new vehicle 
inventory  of  the  relevant  brands.  Vehicles  financed  by  lenders  not  directly  associated  with  the 
manufacturer are classified as floorplan notes payable: non-trade and are included as a financing activity 
in  our  statements  of  cash  flows.  Vehicles  financed  by  lenders  directly  associated  with  the  manufacturer 
are  classified  as  floorplan  notes  payable  and  are  included  as  an  operating  activity  in  our  statements  of 
cash flows. 

At  December  31,  2007  and  2006,  used  vehicles  and  parts  and  accessories  inventory  were 

pledged to collateralize our working capital, acquisition and used vehicle flooring credit facility. 

On November 30, 2006, General  Motors (“GM”) completed the sale of a majority equity stake in 
GMAC  to  an  investment  consortium. Although  GMAC  continues  to  be  the  exclusive  provider  of  GM 
financial products and services and continues to have the relationships with GM, a majority equity stake 
in GMAC has been sold to an independent third-party and GM has indicated in its public filings that it no 
longer controls the GMAC entity. As a result, we treat new vehicles financed by GMAC after the change 

F-17 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
in ownership control as floorplan notes payable: non-trade and related changes as a financing activity in 
our statements of cash flows. Vehicles financed prior to this change in control continue to be classified as 
floorplan notes payable: trade, with related changes reflected as operating activities in our statements of 
cash  flows,  since  these  GMAC  vehicle  financings  occurred  while  GM  retained  control  of  GMAC  as  its 
captive finance subsidiary. 

(4) 

Property, Plant and Equipment 

Property, plant and equipment consisted of the following (in thousands): 

December 31, 
Buildings and improvements 
Service equipment 
Furniture, signs and fixtures  

Less accumulated depreciation – buildings 
Less accumulated depreciation – equipment and other 

Land 
Construction in progress, buildings 
Construction in progress, other 

 (5) 

Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets 

The roll-forward of goodwill was as follows (in thousands): 

Year Ended December 31, 
Balance, beginning of year 
Goodwill acquired and post acquisition adjustments 
Goodwill included in assets held for sale 
Goodwill included in gain or loss on disposal of franchises 
and discontinued operations 
Balance, end of year 

2007 
222,413 
41,077 
99,532 
363,022 
(20,628) 
(46,126) 
296,268 
148,086 
13,520 
3,872 
461,746 

2007 
307,424 
12,608 
(666) 

$ 

$ 

$ 

2006 
187,747 
34,424 
91,174 
313,345 
(15,953) 
(38,866) 
258,526 
148,773 
7,323 
2,481 
417,103 

2006 
260,899 
47,169 
(367) 

(7,839) 
311,527 

(277) 
307,424 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

The  amount  of  goodwill  assigned  to  a  discontinued  operation  is  generally  determined  based  on 
the subject dealership’s fair value as  measured by discounted cash  flows as it relates to  the discounted 
cash flows of the reporting unit. 

At  December  31,  2007  and  2006,  other  intangible  assets  included  the  value  of  franchise 
agreements, non-compete agreements and customer lists. The value attributed  to franchise agreements 
has an indefinite useful life and non-compete agreements and customer lists are amortized on a straight-
line basis over the life of the agreements, typically 3 to 5 years.  

The  gross  amount  of  other  intangible  assets  and  the  related  accumulated  amortization  for  non-

compete agreements and customer lists were as follows (in thousands): 

December 31, 
Franchise value 

Non-compete agreements and customer lists 
Accumulated amortization 

Net non-compete agreements and customer lists 

Total other intangible assets, net 

2007 
68,863 

135 
(52) 
83 
68,946 

$ 

$ 

2006 
68,936 

139 
(21) 
118 
69,054 

$ 

$ 

Amortization expense related to the non-compete agreements and customer lists is not material.  

F-18 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(6) 

Trade Payables 

Trade payables consisted of the following (in thousands): 

December 31,  
Trade payables 
Lien payables 
Manufacturer payables 
Other 
  Total trade payables 

2007 
11,976 
14,005 
6,119 
6,615 
38,715 

$ 

$ 

2006 
12,510 
13,388 
7,324 
6,572 
39,794 

$ 

$ 

Lien payables represent amounts owed to financial institutions for customer vehicle trade-ins. 

(7) 

Derivative Financial Instruments 

We have entered into interest rate swaps to manage the variability of our interest rate exposure, 
thus  fixing  a portion of  our interest expense in a rising or falling rate environment. All of our interest rate 
swaps were designated as cash flow hedging  instruments at December 31, 2006,  and we  anticipate that 
our interest rate swaps will continue to qualify for hedge accounting in the future. Accordingly, the changes 
in  fair  value  of  the  interest  rate  swaps  below  will  be  reflected  as  a  component  of  accumulated  other 
comprehensive income in the equity section of our balance sheet in future periods. However, during 2006 
and  2005,  the  changes  in  market  value  of  the  interest  rate  swaps  were  included  in  floorplan  interest 
expense  as  gains  (losses)  of  $(1.9)  million  and  $4.1  million,  respectively.  Although  the  swaps  did  not 
qualify for hedge accounting during 2006 or 2005, they did serve to economically hedge interest costs. 

On  a  quarterly  basis,  we  test  the  effectiveness  of  our  hedges  both  retrospectively  and 
prospectively using regression analysis. Ineffectiveness occurs when the amount of change in fair market 
value of  the swap  from designation to current period  end outperforms the change  in  fair market value  of 
the  perfectly  effective  hypothetical  derivative  from  designation  to  current  period  end.  The  following 
information is documented on a quarterly basis: 1) whether or not it remains probable that we will continue 
to  have  debt  outstanding  under  the  underlying  debt  agreement,  or  any  replacement  debt  of  at  least  the 
notional amount of the swap; 2) the actual notional amount of the underlying debt; 3) the current variable 
rate index on the underlying debt; 4)  the current reset date on the underlying  debt; and  5) the derivative 
counterparty credit quality, which includes documentation of any degradation and its impact on derivative 
asset  values.  Any  ineffectiveness  will  be  reflected  in  floorplan  interest  expense  in  our  statement  of 
operations  in  the  period  in  which  it  occurs.  During  2007,  we  recorded  $73,000  of  ineffectiveness  in  our 
statement of operations. 

We  have  effectively  changed  the  variable-rate  cash  flow  exposure  on  a  portion  of  our  flooring 

debt to fixed-rate cash flows by entering into receive-variable, pay-fixed interest rate swaps.   

We  do  not  enter  into  derivative  instruments  for  any  purpose  other  than  to  manage  interest  rate 

exposure. That is, we do not engage in interest rate speculation using derivative instruments. 

As of December 31, 2007,  we had outstanding  the  following interest rate swaps with U.S.  Bank 

Dealer Commercial Services: 

•  effective  January  26,  2003  –  a  five  year,  $25  million  interest  rate  swap  at  a  fixed  rate  of 

3.265% per annum, variable rate adjusted on the 26th of each month; 

•  effective  February  18,  2003  –  a  five  year,  $25  million  interest  rate  swap  at  a  fixed  rate  of 

3.30% per annum, variable rate adjusted on the 1st and 16th of each month; 

•  effective  November  18,  2003  –  a  five  year,  $25  million  interest  rate  swap  at  a  fixed  rate  of 

3.65% per annum, variable rate adjusted on the 1st and 16th of each month;  

•  effective  November  26,  2003  –  a  five  year,  $25  million  interest  rate  swap  at  a  fixed  rate  of 

3.63% per annum, variable rate adjusted on the 26th of each month; 

•  effective March 9, 2004 – a five year, $25 million interest rate swap at a fixed rate of 3.25% 

per annum, variable rate adjusted on the 1st and 16th of each month;  

•  effective March 18, 2004 – a five year, $25 million interest rate swap at a fixed rate of 3.10% 

per annum, variable rate adjusted on the 1st and 16th of each month;  

F-19 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
•  effective June 16, 2006 – a ten year, $25 million interest rate swap at a fixed rate of 5.587% 

per annum, variable rate adjusted on the 1st and 16th of each month; and 

•  effective  January  26,  2008  –  a  five-year,  $25  million  interest  rate  swap  at  a  fixed  rate  of 

4.495% per annum, variable rate adjusted on the 26th of each month. 

We earn interest on all of the interest rate swaps at the one-month LIBOR rate. The one-month 

LIBOR rate at December 31, 2007 was 4.6% per annum as reported in the Wall Street Journal. 

The  fair  value  of  our  interest  rate  swap  agreements  represents  the  estimated  receipts  or 
(payments) that would be made  to  terminate  the agreements. At December 31,  2007 and 2006,  the  fair 
values of all of our agreements totaled $(1.7) million and $3.4 million, respectively.  

At December 31, 2006, the deferred gain of $3.4 million was recorded as other current and long-
term assets on our consolidated balance sheets. During 2006 and 2005, the periodic changes in the fair 
values  were  recorded  currently  as  a  component  of  floorplan  interest  expense.  The  difference  between 
interest  earned  and  the  interest  obligation  results  in  a  monthly  settlement,  which  was  also  recorded 
currently in the statement of operations as a component of floorplan interest expense.  

At December 31, 2007, the deferred loss of $1.7 million was recorded as other current and long-
term liabilities on our consolidated balance sheets. During 2007, we received $2.8  million in settlements 
related to the $3.4 million deferred gain at December 31, 2006. The ending balance after settlements was 
$0.6 million of deferred gain. However, due to changing interest rates, the fair value of these agreements 
was  a  deferred  loss  of  $1.7  million.  The  resulting  change  in  fair  value  of  $2.3  million  was  recorded  in 
accumulated other comprehensive loss, net of tax. 

(8) 

Lines of Credit and Long-Term Debt 

Lines of Credit 
We  have  a  working  capital,  acquisition  and  used  vehicle  credit  facility  with  U.S.  Bank  National 
Association,  DaimlerChrysler  Financial  Services  Americas  LLC  (“Chrysler  Financial”)  and  Toyota  Motor 
Credit Corporation (“TMCC”), totaling  up  to $225  million (the “Credit Facility”), which expires  August 31, 
2009.  See  Note  19  for  a  discussion  of  amendments  to  this  Credit  Facility  in  February  2008.  Loans  are 
guaranteed by all of our subsidiaries and are secured by new vehicle inventory, used vehicle and parts 
inventory, equipment other than fixtures, deposit accounts, accounts receivable, investment property and 
other  intangible  personal  property.  Capital  stock  and  other  equity  interests  of  our  subsidiary stores  and 
certain  other  subsidiaries  are  excluded.  The  lenders’  security  interest  in  new  vehicle  inventory  is 
subordinated to the interests of floorplan financing lenders, including Chrysler Financial and TMCC. The 
agreement for this facility provides for events of default that include nonpayment, breach of covenants, a 
change  of  control  and  certain  cross-defaults  with  other  indebtedness.  In  the  event  of  a  default,  the 
agreement provides that the lenders may declare the entire principal balance immediately due, foreclose 
on  collateral  and  increase  the  applicable  interest  rate  to  the  revolving  loan  rate  plus  3  percent,  among 
other remedies. 

The  facility  agreement  includes  financial  and  restrictive  covenants  typical  of  such  agreements. 
Financial covenants include requirements to  maintain  a minimum  total  net worth and imposes minimum 
current  ratio,  fixed  charge  coverage  ratio  and  cash  flow  leverage  ratio  requirements.  The  covenants 
restrict  us  from  incurring  additional  indebtedness,  making  investments,  selling  or  acquiring  assets  and 
granting security interests in our assets.  

In addition, cash dividends are limited to $15 million per fiscal year and repurchases by us of our 

common stock are limited to $20 million per fiscal year.  

Chrysler Financial, Ford Motor Credit Company, GMAC LLC, VW Credit, Inc. and BMW Financial 
Services NA, LLC have agreed to  floor  new vehicles  for their respective brands. Chrysler  Financial and 
TMCC  serve  as  the  primary  lenders  for  all  other  brands.  The  new  vehicle  lines  are  secured  by  new 
vehicle  inventory  of  the  stores  financed  by  that  lender.  Vehicles  financed  by  lenders  not  directly 
associated with the manufacturer are classified as floorplan notes payable: non-trade and are included as 
a financing activity in our statements of cash flows. Vehicles financed by lenders directly associated with 
the manufacturer are classified as floorplan notes payable and are included as an operating activity. 

F-20 

 
 
 
 
 
 
On November 30, 2006, General  Motors (“GM”) completed the sale of a majority equity stake in 
GMAC  to  an  investment  consortium. Although  GMAC  will  continue  to  be  the  exclusive  provider  of  GM 
financial products and services and continues to have the relationships with GM, a majority equity stake 
in GMAC has been sold to an independent third-party and GM has indicated in its public filings that it no 
longer  controls  the  GMAC  entity. As  a  result,  we  are  treating  new  vehicles  financed  by  GMAC  after  the 
change  in  ownership  control  as  floorplan  notes  payable:  non-trade  and  related  changes  as  a  financing 
activity in our statements of cash flows. Vehicles  financed prior to this change in control will continue  to 
be  classified  as  floorplan  notes  payable:  trade,  with  related  changes  reflected  as  operating  activities  in 
our statements of cash flows, since these GMAC vehicle financings occurred while GM retained control of 
GMAC as its captive finance subsidiary.   

Interest  rates  on  all  of  the  above  facilities  ranged  from 5.75%  to  6.60%  at  December  31,  2007.  
Amounts  outstanding  on  the  lines  at  December  31,  2007,  together  with  amounts  remaining  available 
under such lines were as follows (in thousands): 

New and program vehicle lines 
Working capital, acquisition and used vehicle line 

Outstanding at 
December 31, 2007 
$451,590 
184,000 
$635,590 

Remaining Availability as 
of December 31, 2007 

$         - (1) 
40,601(2) (3) 
$40,601 

(1)  There are no formal limits on the new and program vehicle lines with certain lenders.  
(2)  Reduced by $399,000 for outstanding letters of credit. 
(3)  As discussed in footnote 19, the availability under the line of credit was increased subsequent to December 31, 2007. 

Senior Subordinated Convertible Notes 
We  also  have  outstanding  $85.0  million  of  2.875%  senior  subordinated  convertible  notes  due 
2014. In addition to the note interest rate, we will also pay contingent interest on the notes during any six-
month  period  beginning  with  the  period  commencing  on  May  1,  2009,  in  which  the  trading  price  of  the 
notes  for  a  specified  period  of  time  equals  or  exceeds  120%  of  the  principal  amount  of  the  notes.  The 
notes are convertible into shares of  our Class  A common stock at a price  of $37.24 per share upon the 
satisfaction of certain conditions and upon the occurrence of certain events as follows: 

• 

• 

• 

if,  prior  to  May  1,  2009,  and  during  any  calendar  quarter,  the  closing  sale  price  of  our  common 
stock  exceeds  120%  of  the  conversion  price  for  at  least  20  trading  days  in  the  30  consecutive 
trading days ending on the last trading day of the preceding calendar quarter; 
if,  after  May  1,  2009,  the  closing    sale  price  of  our  common  stock  exceeds  120%  of  the 
conversion price; 
if, during  the five business day period after any  five consecutive  trading  day period in which  the 
trading price per $1,000 principal amount of notes for each day of such period was less than 98% 
of the product of the closing sale price of our common stock and the number of shares issuable 
upon conversion of $1,000 principal amount of the notes; 
if the notes have been called for redemption; or 

• 
•  upon certain specified corporate events.  

A  declaration  and  payment  of  a  dividend  in  excess  of  $0.08  per  share  per  quarter  will  result  in 
additional adjustments in the conversion rate for the notes if such cumulative adjustment exceeds 1% of 
the current conversion rate. The conversion rate per $1,000 of notes was 26.8556 at December 31, 2007. 
See  also  Note  19,  Subsequent  Events,  for  a  discussion  regarding  a  change  in  the  conversion  rate  in 
January 2008.  

The notes are redeemable at our option  beginning  May 6, 2009 at  the redemption price of 100% of the 
principal amount plus any accrued interest. The holders of the notes can require us to repurchase all or 
some  of  the  notes  on  May  1,  2009  or  upon  certain  events  constituting  a  fundamental  change  or  a 
termination of trading. A fundamental change is any transaction or event in which all or substantially all of 
our common stock is exchanged for, converted into, acquired for, or constitutes solely the right to receive, 
consideration  that is not all, or substantially all, common stock  that is listed on, or immediately after  the 
transaction  or  event,  will  be  listed  on,  a  United  States  national  securities  exchange.  A  termination  of 
trading will have occurred if our common stock is not listed for trading on a national securities exchange.  

F-21 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Summary 
Long-term debt consisted of the following (in thousands):  

December 31, 
Variable Rate Debt: 
Working capital, acquisition and used vehicle floorplan line of credit, expiring August 31, 2009 
Mortgages  payable  in  monthly  installments  of  $300,  including  interest  between  6.4%  and  7.9%, 

2007 

2006 

$ 

184,000  $ 

144,000 

maturing through March 2024; secured by land and buildings 

Notes payable in monthly installments of $28, including interest between 0.0% and 8.2%, maturing 

at various dates through 2008; secured by vehicles leased to others 

Note payable related to acquisitions 
  Total Variable Rate Debt 
Fixed Rate Debt: 
  2.875% senior subordinated convertible notes, due May 2014 with interest due semi-annually in 

May and November of each year 

Mortgages payable in monthly installments of $1,200, including interest between 4.0% and 8.2%, 

maturing through September 2027; secured by land and buildings 

Notes  payable  related  to  acquisitions,  with  interest  rates  between  4.0%  and  5.0%,  maturing  at 

various dates through May 2018 

Capital lease obligations, net of interest of $148, with monthly lease payments of $23 
  Total Fixed Rate Debt 
Total Long-Term Debt 
Less current maturities 

31,109 

42,437 

4,646 
- 
219,755 

3,540 
20 
189,997 

85,000 

85,000 

156,359 

126,146 

6,941 
767 
249,067 
468,822 
(13,327) 
455,495  $ 

7,213 
584 
218,943 
408,940 
(16,557) 
392,383 

$ 

The  schedule  of  future  principal  payments  on  long-term  debt  as  of  December 31,  2007  was  as 

follows (in thousands): 

Year Ending December 31, 
2008 
2009 
2010 
2011 
2012 
Thereafter 
Total principal payments 

$ 

$ 

13,327 
217,480 
32,631 
23,431 
12,551 
169,402 
468,822 

As  discussed  in  footnote  19,  the  maturity  date  of  the  line  of  credit  facility  was  extended  by  one 

year subsequent to December 31, 2007. 

(9)   

Stockholders’ Equity 

Class A and Class B Common Stock  
The  shares  of  Class A  common  stock  are  not  convertible  into  any  other  series  or  class  of  our 
securities. Each share of Class B common stock, however, is freely convertible into one share of Class A 
common  stock  at  the  option  of  the  holder  of  the  Class B  common  stock.  All  shares  of  Class B  common 
stock shall automatically convert to shares of Class A common stock (on a share-for-share basis, subject 
to  the  adjustments)  on  the  earliest  record  date  for  an  annual  meeting  of  our  stockholders  on  which  the 
number of shares of Class B common stock outstanding is less than 1% of the total number of shares of 
common  stock  outstanding.  Shares  of  Class B  common  stock  may  not  be  transferred  to  third  parties, 
except for transfers to certain family members and in other limited circumstances.   

Holders  of  Class A  common  stock  are  entitled  to  one  vote  for  each  share  held  of  record  and 
holders  of  Class B  common  stock  are  entitled  to  ten  votes  for  each  share  held  of  record.  The  Class A 
common stock and  Class B common stock vote together as a single class on  all  matters submitted to a 
vote of stockholders. 

In June 2000, our Board of Directors authorized the repurchase of up to 1,000,000 shares of our 
Class  A  common  stock.  Through  December  31,  2007,  we  have  purchased  a  total  of  479,731  shares 
under  this  program,  of  which  222,900  were  purchased  during  2007.  We  may  continue  to  repurchase 
shares from time to time in the future as conditions warrant. 

F-22 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(10) 

Income Taxes 

Income tax expense from continuing operations was as follows (in thousands): 

Year Ended December 31, 
Current: 
   Federal 
   State 

Deferred: 
   Federal 
   State 

          Total 

2007 

2006 

2005 

$ 

$ 

3,963 
657 
4,620 

11,443 
1,346 
12,789 
17,409 

$ 

$ 

17,187 
2,242 
19,429 

5,198 
731 
5,929 
25,358 

$ 

$ 

25,406 
3,632 
29,038 

5,454 
733 
6,187 
35,225 

At December 31, 2007 and 2006, we had income taxes receivable totaling $3.5 million and taxes 

payable totaling $0.6 million, respectively.  

Individually significant components of the deferred tax assets and liabilities are presented below 

(in thousands): 

December 31, 
Deferred tax assets: 
   Deferred revenue and cancellation reserves  
   Allowance and accruals 
       Total deferred tax assets 

Deferred tax liabilities: 
   Inventories 
   Interest expense 
   Goodwill 
   Property and equipment, principally due to 

differences in depreciation 
   Prepaids and property taxes 
       Total deferred tax liabilities 
          Total 

2007 

6,510 
7,308 
13,818 

(5,292) 
(7,765) 
(40,301) 

(20,150) 
(1,824) 
(75,332) 
(61,514) 

$ 

$ 

2006 

6,336 
6,124 
12,460 

(4,553) 
(2,961) 
(35,140) 

(17,550) 
(1,191) 
(61,395) 
(48,935) 

$ 

$ 

In 2007, 2006 and 2005, income tax benefits attributable to employee stock option transactions of 

$283,000, $382,000 and $584,000, respectively, were allocated to stockholders’ equity.   

The reconciliation between amounts computed using the federal income tax rate of 35% and our 
income  tax  expense  from  continuing  operations  for  2007,  2006  and  2005  is  shown  in  the  following 
tabulation (in thousands): 

Year Ended December 31,  
Computed “expected” tax expense  
State taxes, net of federal income tax benefit 
Other 
Income tax expense 

2007 
15,187 
1,305 
917 
17,409 

$ 

$ 

2006 
22,987 
2,015 
356 
25,358 

$ 

$ 

2005 
31,708 
2,919 
598 
35,225 

$ 

$ 

We did not have any unrecognized tax benefits at either January 1, 2007 or December 31, 2007. 
No interest and penalties were included in our results of operations during 2007, and we had no accrued 
interest and penalties at December 31, 2007. 

F-23 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
(11) 

401(k) Profit Sharing Plan 

We  have  a  defined  contribution  401(k)  plan  and  trust  covering  substantially  all  full-time 
employees. The annual contribution to the plan is at the discretion of our Board of Directors. Contributions 
of  $1.3  million,  $1.2  million  and  $1.8  million  were  recognized  for  the  years  ended  December 31,  2007, 
2006  and  2005,  respectively.  Employees  may  contribute  to  the  plan  as  they  meet  certain  eligibility 
requirements. 

(12) 

Stock Incentive Plans 

2003 Stock Incentive Plan 
Our  2003  Stock  Incentive  Plan  (the  “2003  Plan”)  allows  for  the  granting  of  up  to  a  total  of  2.2 
million  nonqualified  stock  options  and  shares  of  restricted  stock  to  our  officers,  key  employees  and 
consultants. We also have options outstanding and exercisable pursuant  to their original terms pursuant 
to prior plans. Options canceled under prior plans do not return to the pool of options available for grant 
under  the  2003  plan.  All  of  our  option  plans  are  administered  by  the  Compensation  Committee  of  the 
Board and  permit accelerated vesting of outstanding  options upon the occurrence  of certain changes in 
control.  Options  become  exercisable  over  a  period  of  up  to  five  years  from  the  date  of  grant  with 
expiration  dates  up  to  ten  years  from  the  date  of  grant  and  at  exercise  prices  of  not  less  than  market 
value,  as  determined  by  the  Board.  Beginning  in  2004,  the  expiration  date  of  options  granted  was 
reduced to six years. At December 31, 2007, 2,315,058 shares of Class A common stock were reserved 
for issuance under the plans, of which 1,066,143 were available for future grant.  

Activity under our stock incentive plans was as follows: 

Balance, December 31, 2006 
Granted 
Forfeited 
Expired 
Exercised 
Balance, December 31, 2007 

Balance, December 31, 2006 
Granted 
Vested  
Forfeited 
Balance, December 31, 2007 

Shares Subject 
 to Options 
1,228,157 
108,000 
(18,812) 
(11,405) 
(57,025) 
1,248,915 

Non-Vested  
Stock Grants 
103,203 
66,421 
(5,600) 
(18,357) 
145,667 

Weighted Average  
Exercise Price 
$20.23 
28.34 
27.90 
28.96 
11.29 
$21.14 

Weighted Average  
Grant Date Fair Value 
$30.01 
28.24 
27.13 
29.55 
$29.37 

Certain information regarding options outstanding as of December 31, 2007 was as follows: 

Number 
Weighted average per share 

exercise price 

Aggregate intrinsic value 
Weighted average remaining 

contractual term 

Options 
Outstanding 
1,248,915 

$21.14 
$0.9 million 

3.3 years 

Options 
Exercisable 
757,445 

$15.84 
$0.9 million 

3.3 years 

As  of  December  31,  2007,  unrecognized  stock-based  compensation  related  to  outstanding,  but 
unvested  stock  option  and  stock  awards  was  $4.3  million,  which  will  be  recognized  over  the  weighted 
average remaining vesting period of 2.5 years. 

F-24 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
1998 Employee Stock Purchase Plan 
In  1998,  the  Board  of  Directors  and  the  stockholders  approved  the  implementation  of  an 
Employee  Stock Purchase  Plan (the “Purchase  Plan”), and, as amended in  May 2006, have reserved a 
total of 2.45 million shares of Class A common stock for issuance thereunder. The Purchase Plan expires 
December  31,  2012.  The  Purchase  Plan  is  intended  to  qualify  as  an  “Employee  Stock  Purchase  Plan” 
under  Section  423  of  the  Internal  Revenue  Code  of  1986,  as  amended,  and  is  administered  by  the 
Compensation Committee of the Board. Eligible employees are entitled to defer up to 10% of their base 
pay for the purchase of stock up to $25,000 of fair market value of our Class A common stock annually. 
Prior to April 1, 2005, the purchase price for shares purchased under the Purchase Plan was 85% of the 
lesser of the fair market value at the beginning or end of the purchase period. Beginning April 1, 2005, the 
purchase price is equal to 85% of the fair market value at the end of the purchase period. During 2007, a 
total of 291,379 shares were purchased under the Purchase Plan at a weighted average price of $20.10 
per share, which represented a weighted average discount from the fair market value of $3.53 per share. 
As of December 31, 2007, 465,221 shares remained available for purchase under the Purchase Plan. 

Stock-Based Compensation 
We  estimate  the  fair  value  of  stock  options  using  the  Black-Scholes  valuation  model.  This 
valuation  model  takes  into  account  the  exercise  price  of  the  award,  as  well  as  a  variety  of  significant 
assumptions. We believe that the valuation technique and the approach utilized to develop the underlying 
assumptions are appropriate in calculating the fair values of our stock options. Estimates of fair value are 
not intended to predict actual future events or the value ultimately realized by persons who receive equity 
awards. 

Beginning April 1, 2005, compensation expense related to our Purchase Plan is calculated based 
on the  15% discount  from the per share  market price  on the  date of  grant.  Prior  to  April  1, 2005, it was 
calculated using the Black-Scholes valuation model. Compensation expense related to non-vested stock 
is based on the intrinsic value on the date of grant as if the stock is vested.  

Compensation  expense  related  to  stock  options  is  valued  using  the  Black-Scholes  valuation 

model with following assumptions: 

Year Ended December 31,  
Employee Stock Purchase Plan(1) 
Risk-free interest rates 
Dividend yield 
Expected lives 
Volatility 
Discount for post vesting restrictions 

Option Plans 
Risk-free interest rates(2) 
Dividend yield(3) 
Expected term(4) 
Volatility(5) 
Discount for post vesting restrictions 

2007 

2006 

2005 

- 
- 
- 
- 
- 

- 
- 
- 
- 
- 

2.32% 
1.23% 
3 months  
28.18%  
0.0% 

4.55% 
1.98% 
5.8 years 
33.53% 
0.0% 

4.77% 
1.51% 
4.7 – 5.3 years 
35.31% 
0.0% 

3.58% - 3.71% 
1.16% - 1.20%   
5.4 years  
41.92% - 42.04%  
0.0% 

(1)  There are no values for the employee stock purchase plan for 2007 or 2006 since there is no longer a look-back period and the 

related compensation cost is equal to the intrinsic value of the 15% discount on the day of purchase. 

(2)  The  risk-free  interest  rate  for  each  grant  is  based  on  the  U.S.  Treasury  yield  curve  in  effect  at  the  time  of  grant  for  a  period 

equal to the expected term of the stock option. 

(3)  The dividend yield is calculated as a ratio of annualized expected dividend per share to the market value of our common stock 

on the date of grant. 

(4)  The  expected  term  is  calculated  based  on  the  observed  and  expected  time  to  post-vesting  exercise  behavior  of  separate 

identifiable employee groups. 

(5)  The expected volatility is estimated based on a weighted average of historical volatility of our common stock.  

We  amortize  stock-based  compensation  on  a  straight-line  basis  over  the  vesting  period  of  the 
individual  award  with  estimated  forfeitures  considered.  Shares  to  be  issued  upon  the  exercise  of  stock 
options will come from newly issued shares. 

F-25 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Certain information regarding our stock-based compensation was as follows: 

Year Ended December 31, 
Weighted average grant-date per share fair value of share options 

granted  

Per share intrinsic value of non-vested stock granted 
Weighted  average per share discount for compensation expense 

recognized under the Purchase Plan 

Total intrinsic value of share options exercised 
Fair value of non-vested shares that vested during the period 
Stock-based compensation recognized in results of operations (all 
as a component of selling, general and administrative expense) 

Tax benefit recognized in statement of operations 
Cash  received  from  options  exercised  and  shares  purchased 

under all share-based arrangements 

Tax deduction realized related to stock options exercised 

2007 

2006 

2005 

$ 

9.26 
28.24 

$ 

10.93 
31.73 

$ 

10.69 
27.54 

2.92 
0.9 million 
152,000 

3.4 million 
769,000 

6.5 million 
314,000 

4.37 
1.1 million 
142,000 

3.5 million 
714,000 

6.8 million 
424,000 

4.69 
2.6 million 
86,000 

490,000 
187,000 

8.0 million 
707,000 

Prior to the adoption of SFAS No. 123R, excess tax benefits realized upon the exercise of stock 
options were classified as an operating activity in our statements of cash flows. SFAS No. 123R requires 
that  these  excess  tax  benefits  be  reclassified  in  the  statements  of  cash  flows  as  a  cash  flow  from 
financing activities.  

(13) 

Dividend Payments 

For the period January 1, 2005 through December 31, 2007, we declared and paid dividends as 

follows: 

Quarter related to: 
2004 
Fourth quarter 

2005 
First quarter 
Second quarter 
Third quarter 
Fourth quarter 

2006 
First quarter 
Second quarter 
Third quarter 
Fourth quarter 

2007 
First quarter 
Second quarter 
Third quarter 

Dividend 
amount per 
share 

Total 
amount of 
dividend (in 
thousands) 

$0.08 

$1,528 

$0.08 
0.12 
0.12 
0.12 

$0.12 
0.14 
0.14 
0.14 

$0.14 
0.14 
0.14 

$1,536 
2,312 
2,322 
2,338 

$2,354 
2,754 
2,738 
2,745 

$2,749 
2,762 
2,762 

See also Note 19 for information regarding the declaration and payment of a dividend related to 

the fourth quarter of 2007.    

F-26 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
(14) 

Commitments and Contingencies 

Leases 
The  minimum  lease  payments  under  our  operating  leases  after  December 31,  2007  were  as 

follows (in thousands): 

Year Ending December 31, 
2008 
2009 
2010 
2011 
2012 
Thereafter 
Total minimum lease payments 
Less: sublease rentals 

$ 

23,737 
19,819 
16,606 
13,693 
11,443 
86,490 
  171,788 
(1,388) 
$  170,400 

Rental expense, net of rent income, for all operating leases was $21.8 million, $18.8 million and 
$16.6 million for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2006 and 2005, respectively.  These amounts are 
included as a component of selling, general and administrative expenses in our statements of operations. 

Primarily  in  connection  with  dispositions  of  dealerships,  we  occasionally  assign  or  sublet  our 
interests in any real property leases associated with such dealerships to  the  purchaser.  We often retain 
responsibility for the performance of certain obligations under such leases to the extent that the assignee 
or sublessee does not perform, whether such performance is required prior to or following the assignment 
of subletting of the lease. Additionally, we generally remain subject to the terms of any guarantees made 
by  us  in  connection  with  such  leases.  However,  we  generally  have  indemnification  rights  against  the 
assignee or sublessee in the event of non-performance, as well as certain other defenses. We may also 
be called upon to perform other obligations under these leases, such as environmental remediation of the 
premises or repairs upon  termination of the lease.  Although we currently have no reason to believe that 
we  will  be  called  upon  to  perform  any  such  services,  there  can  be  no  assurance  that  any  future 
performance  required  by  us  under  these  leases  will  not  have  a  material  adverse  effect  on  our  financial 
condition  or  results  of  operations.  Lease  rental  payments  under  assigned  or  sublet  leases  for  their 
remaining terms totaled approximately $3.9 million at December 31, 2007. 

Certain  of  our  facilities  where  a  lease  obligation  still  exists  have  been  vacated  for  a  variety  of 
business reasons. In these instances, we  make  efforts to  find qualified  tenants to sublease  the  facilities 
and assume financial responsibility. However, due to the specific nature and size of the facilities used in 
our dealership, tenants are not always available. In light of this, reserves have been accrued pursuant to 
SFAS No. 146, “Accounting  for Costs  Associated with Exit  or Disposal  Activities,”  to  offset our  potential 
future lease obligations. These amounts were not material  to our consolidated statements of operations 
during 2007, 2006 or 2005 and the amount accrued at December 31, 2007 and 2006 was not material. 

Capital Commitments 
We  had  capital  commitments  of  $44.5  million  at  December  31,  2007  for  the  construction  of  five 
new facilities, an addition to one existing facility and one remodel. Of the new facilities, four are replacing 
existing facilities. We already incurred $8.1 million for these projects and anticipate incurring $31.0 million 
in 2008 and $13.5 million in 2009 for these commitments.  

Charge-Backs for Various Contracts 
We have recorded a reserve for our estimated contractual obligations related to potential charge-
backs  for  vehicle  service  contracts,  lifetime  oil  change  contracts  and  other  various  insurance  contracts 
that  are  terminated  early  by  the  customer.  At  December  31,  2007,  this  reserve  totaled  $15.5  million. 
Based  on past experience, we estimate  that the $15.5 million will be  paid  out as  follows: $9.4 million in 
2008; $4.1 million in 2009; $1.5 million in 2010; $0.4 million in 2011; and $0.1 million thereafter. 

F-27 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Regulatory Compliance 
We are subject to numerous state and federal regulations common in the automotive sector that 
cover retail transactions with customers and employment and trade practices.  We do not anticipate  that 
compliance  with  these  regulations  will  have  an  adverse  effect  on  our  business,  consolidated  results  of 
operations, financial condition or cash flows, although such outcome is possible given the nature of our 
operations and the legal and regulatory environment affecting our business.  

Litigation  
We are party to numerous legal proceedings arising in the normal course of our business.  While 
we cannot predict with certainty the outcomes of these matters, we do not anticipate that the resolution of 
these  proceedings  will  have  a  material  adverse  effect  on  our  business,  results  of  operations,  financial 
condition, or cash flows. 

Phillips/Allen Cases 

On November 25, 2003, Aimee Phillips filed a lawsuit in the U.S. District Court for the District of 
Oregon  (Case  No.  03-3109-HO)  against  Lithia  Motors,  Inc.  and  two  of  its  wholly-owned  subsidiaries 
alleging violations of state and federal RICO  laws,  the Oregon Unfair  Trade  Practices  Act (“UTPA”) and 
common  law  fraud.  Ms.  Phillips  seeks  damages,  attorney's  fees  and  injunctive  relief.  Ms.  Phillips' 
complaint stems from her purchase of a Toyota Tacoma pick-up truck on July 6, 2002. On May 14, 2004, 
we filed an answer to Ms. Phillips' Complaint. This case was consolidated with the Allen case described 
below and has a similar current procedural status. 

On April 28, 2004, Robert Allen and 29 other plaintiffs (“Allen Plaintiffs”) filed a lawsuit in the U.S. 
District Court for the District of Oregon (Case No. 04-3032-HO) against Lithia Motors, Inc. and three of its 
wholly-owned  subsidiaries  alleging  violations  of  state  and  federal  RICO  laws,  the  Oregon  UTPA  and 
common  law  fraud.  The  Allen  Plaintiffs  seek  damages,  attorney's  fees  and  injunctive  relief.  The  Allen 
Plaintiffs'  Complaint  stems  from  vehicle  purchases  made  at  Lithia  stores  between  July  2000  and  April 
2001.  On  August  27,  2004,  we  filed  a  Motion  to  Dismiss  the  Complaint.  On  May  26,  2005,  the  Court 
entered  an  Order  granting  Defendants'  Motion  to  Dismiss  plaintiffs'  state  and  federal  RICO  claims  with 
prejudice. The Court declined to exercise supplemental jurisdiction over plaintiffs' UTPA and fraud claims.  
Plaintiffs  filed  a  Motion  to  Reconsider  the  dismissal  Order.  On  August  23,  2005,  the  Court  granted 
Plaintiffs'  Motion  for  Reconsideration  and  permitted  the  filing  of  a  Second  Amended  Complaint  (“SAC”). 
On September 21, 2005, the Allen Plaintiffs, along with Ms. Phillips, filed the SAC. In this complaint, the 
Allen plaintiffs seek actual damages that total less  than $500,000,  trebled, approximately $3.0 million in 
mental  distress  claims,  trebled,  punitive  damages  of  $15.0  million,  attorney's  fees  and  injunctive  relief. 
The  SAC  added  as  defendants  certain  officers  and  employees  of  Lithia.  In  addition,  the  SAC  added  a 
claim  for  relief  based  on  the  Truth  in  Lending  Act  (“TILA”).  On  November  14,  2005  we  filed  a  second 
Motion to Dismiss the Complaint and a Motion to Compel Arbitration. In two subsequent rulings, the Court 
has dismissed all claims except those under Oregon's Unfair Trade Practices Act and a single fraud claim 
for  a  named  individual.  We  believe  the  actions  of  the  court  have  significantly  narrowed  the  claims  and 
potential  damages  sought  by  the  plaintiffs.  Lithia's  motion  to  Compel  Arbitration  of  Plaintiff's  remaining 
claims  was  denied.  We  have  filed  a  Notice  of  Appeal  relating  to  the  denial  of  our  Motion  to  Compel 
Arbitration.  This  appeal  is  currently  pending  before  the  Ninth  Circuit  Court  of  Appeals  (No.  07-35670).  
We filed a motion to stay this litigation pending resolution of the appeal.   

On  September  23,  2005,  Maria  Anabel  Aripe  and  19  other  plaintiffs  (“Aripe  Plaintiffs”)  filed  a 
lawsuit in the U.S. District Court for the District of Oregon (Case No. 05-3083-HO) against Lithia Motors, 
Inc., 12 of its wholly-owned subsidiaries and certain officers and employees of Lithia, alleging violations of 
state and  federal RICO laws,  the  Oregon  UTPA, common  law  fraud and TILA. The Aripe  Plaintiffs seek 
actual  damages  of  less  than  $600,000,  trebled,  approximately  $3.7  million  in  mental  distress  claims, 
trebled,  punitive  damages  of  $12.6  million,  attorney's  fees  and  injunctive  relief.  The  Aripe  Plaintiffs' 
Complaint stems from vehicle purchases made at Lithia stores between May 2001 and August 2005 and 
is substantially similar to the allegations made in the Allen case. On April 18, 2006, the Court stayed the 
proceedings  in  the  Aripe  case,  pending  resolution  of  certain  motions  in  the  Allen  case.  The  relevant 
motions in the Allen case have now been resolved, and we anticipate that the stay in the Aripe case will 
soon be lifted. 

F-28 

 
 
 
  
Alaska Service and Parts Advisors and Managers Overtime Suit 

On  March  22,  2006,  seven  former  employees  in  Alaska  brought  suit  against  the  company 
(Durham,  et  al.  v.  Lithia  Support  Services,  et  al.,  3AN-06-6338  Civil,  Superior  Court  for  the  State  of 
Alaska)  seeking  overtime  wages,  additional  liquidated  damages  and  attorney  fees.  The  complaint  was 
later  amended  to  include  a  total  of  11  named  plaintiffs.  The  court  ordered  the  dispute  to  arbitration.  In 
February 2008, the arbitrator granted the plaintiffs' request to establish a class of plaintiffs consisting of all 
present and former service and  parts department employees totaling approximately 150 individuals who 
were  paid  on  a  commission  basis.  We  have  filed  a  motion  requesting  reconsideration  of  this  class 
certification.  There  has  been  no  ruling  on  any  of  the  merits  of  the  claim,  which  will  primarily  turn  on 
whether  these  employees  or  some  of  these  employees  are  exempt  from  the  applicable  state  law  that 
provides for the payment of overtime under certain circumstances. 

Alaska Used Vehicles Sales Disclosures 

On  May  30,  2006,  four  of  our  wholly  owned  subsidiaries  located  in  Alaska  were  served  with  a 
lawsuit alleging that the stores failed to comply with Alaska law relating to various disclosures required to 
be made during the sale of a used vehicle. The complaint was filed by Jackie Lee Neese, et al. v. Lithia 
Chrysler Jeep of Anchorage, Inc., et al. in the Superior Court for the State of Alaska at Anchorage, case 
number  3AN-06-04815CI.  The  complainants  seek  to  represent  other  similarly  situated  customers.  The 
court  has  not  certified  the  suit  as  a  class  action.  During  the  pendency  of  the  Neese  case,  the  State  of 
Alaska  brought  charges  against  Lithia’s  subsidiaries  alleging  the  same  factual  allegations,  and  also 
alleging violations related to the practice of charging document fees. We settled the State action which we 
believe resolves the disputes. However, the plaintiffs in the private action moved to intervene in the State 
of  Alaska  matter,  and  they  also  filed  a  second  putative  class  action  lawsuit,  Jackie  Lee  Neese,  et  al,  v. 
Lithia  Chrysler  Jeep  of  Anchorage,  Inc.,  case  number  3AN-06-13341CI,  related  to  the  document  fee 
claims identified in the State of Alaska’s complaint.  The second Neese lawsuit was consolidated with the 
first  case.  The  court  denied  the  plaintiffs’  request  to  intervene  in  the  State  of  Alaska  matter  and  the 
plaintiffs  have  filed  an  appeal  with  the  Alaska  Supreme  Court  challenging  that  denial.  The  trial  court 
dismissed  two  of  the  stores  involved  in  the  first  lawsuit  because  none  of  the  named  plaintiffs  had 
purchased  any  vehicles  from  the  two  stores.  The  plaintiffs  have  also  appealed  that  dismissal  to  the 
Alaska  Supreme  Court.    Both  the  private  lawsuits,  as  well  as  the  implementation  of  the  settlement  with 
the State of Alaska, have been stayed pending a ruling in the appeal of the State of Alaska case. 

Washington State B&O Tax Suit 

On October 19, 2005, Marcia Johnson and Theron Johnson (the “Johnsons”), on their own behalf 
and on behalf of a proposed plaintiff class of all other similarly situated individuals and entities, filed suit in 
the Superior Court for the State of Washington, Spokane County (Case No. 05205059-9). The Johnsons 
sued Lithia Motors, Inc., and one of Lithia’s wholly-owned subsidiaries, individually and as representatives 
of  a  proposed  defendant  class  of  other  motor  vehicle  dealers,  asking  for  an  award  of  declaratory  and 
injunctive relief, and damages, based on defendants’ allegedly illegal practice of itemizing and collecting 
the  Washington  State  Business  and  Occupation  Tax  (“B&O  Tax”)  from  customers  buying  vehicles  from 
defendants.  

The allegations in the Johnson case involve legal issues similar to those that were litigated in the 
case  of  Nelson  vs.  Appleway  Chevrolet,  Inc.  (the  “Nelson  case”).  By  agreement  of  the  parties,  the 
Johnson  case  was  stayed  while  the  Nelson  case,  which  had  been  filed  in  2004,  was  appealed  to  the 
Washington State Supreme Court.  

In  April  2007,  the  Washington  Supreme  Court  upheld  the  lower  court  decisions  in  favor  of  the 
plaintiffs in the Nelson case. The decision was based on the Appleway dealer’s practice of adding a B&O 
tax  charge  to  a  vehicle’s  purchase  price  after  the  customer  and  the  dealer  reached  agreement  on  the 
vehicle’s price.  

Because  Lithia’s  subsidiary  negotiated  with  the  Johnsons  over  a  proposed  B&O  tax  charge 
before reaching agreement with the Johnsons on a purchase price for the Johnsons’ new vehicle, Lithia 
and  its  subsidiary  believe  the  subsidiary’s  actions  are  permissible  under  the  law  as  established  by  the 
Supreme  Court’s  decision  in  the  Nelson  case.  They  moved  for  summary  judgment  based  on  the 
Washington Supreme Court’s decision in the Nelson case.   

F-29 

 
 
 
Shortly after  the filing of  that motion,  the Johnsons filed an amended complaint.  They added an 
allegation  that  the  defendants’  actions  also  violated  Washington’s  Consumer  Protection  Act,  and 
requested an award of treble damages up to $10,000 for each alleged violation of the Act.  

The  Johnsons  then  cross-moved  for  partial  summary  judgment,  contending  that  the  Supreme 
Court’s decision in  the Nelson case established  that Lithia and its subsidiary had violated  Washington’s 
tax and Consumer Protection Act laws. After hearing oral argument on the motions, the trial court judge, 
on October 12, 2007, issued an oral ruling in favor of the Johnsons and against the Lithia subsidiary. The 
court denied Lithia’s and its subsidiary’s summary judgment motion. The court entered its written order to 
that effect on November 9, 2007. 

Lithia and its subsidiary asked the trial court to certify its order as a final judgment.  After the trial 
court  denied  their  request,  Lithia  and  its  subsidiary  petitioned  the  Washington  Court  of  Appeals  for 
discretionary  review  of  the  summary  judgment  decision.  A  court  commissioner  denied  the  petition  on 
February 13, 2008. Lithia and its subsidiary have filed a motion requesting the appellate court to  modify 
the commissioner’s ruling and accept review. 

At  the  same  time  that  Lithia  and  its  subsidiary  have  sought  appellate  review  of  the  summary 
judgment  order,  the  trial  court  proceedings  have  been  ongoing.  Although  the  parties  have  begun 
discovery and agreed upon a litigation schedule, the court has not yet been requested to certify a plaintiff 
or defendant class. 

Lithia and its subsidiary believe the Supreme Court’s decision in the Nelson case establishes that 
the subsidiary’s practice was permissible under Washington tax law. Accordingly, Lithia and its subsidiary 
believe the decision rendered by  the trial court  judge  will be overturned by the appellate court, although 
no assurances of this outcome can be provided. We do not believe that the ultimate resolution of the case 
will have a material adverse impact on our consolidated financial statements. 

We  intend  to  vigorously  defend  all  matters  noted  above  and  management  believes  that  the 

likelihood of a judgment for the amount of damages sought in any of the cases is remote. 

(15) 

Related Party Transactions 

Mark DeBoer Construction 
During  2005,  we  paid  Mark  DeBoer  Construction,  Inc. $0.8  million  for  remodeling  certain  of our 
facilities. Mark DeBoer is the son of Sidney B. DeBoer, our Chairman and Chief Executive Officer. These 
amounts included $162,000 paid  for subcontractors and materials, $102,000 for permits, licenses, travel 
and various  miscellaneous fees and  $0.5 million  for contractor fees.  We believe  the amounts paid were 
fair in comparison with fees negotiated with independent third parties and all significant transactions were 
reviewed  and  approved  by  our  independent  audit  committee.  Commencing  January  1,  2006,  Mark 
DeBoer became a full-time employee of Lithia with the title of Vice President Real Estate.   

(16) 

Acquisitions 

The following acquisitions were made in 2007:   
• 

In  February  2007,  we  acquired  Jordan  Motors,  Inc.,  which  was  comprised  of  four  stores,  in 
Ames,  Johnston  and  Des  Moines,  Iowa.  The  stores  had  annualized  combined  revenues  of 
approximately  $100  million.  The  stores  were  renamed  Honda  of  Ames,  Lithia  Nissan  of 
Ames, Acura of Johnston, Lithia Infiniti of Des Moines, Lithia Volkswagen of Des Moines and 
Audi Des Moines. The three stores in Des Moines are considered one location;  
In  May  2007,  we  acquired  the  operations  of  a  Jeep  franchise  in  Pocatello,  Idaho  that  was 
added to our existing Chrysler store; and 
In August 2007, we acquired a Volkswagen and Audi store from Peterson Motor Company in 
Boise,  Idaho.  The  acquisition  is  considered  one  store  and  has  anticipated  annualized 
revenues of $15 million. The store was renamed Lithia Volkswagen of Boise and Audi Boise. 

• 

• 

F-30 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The following acquisitions were made in 2006: 
• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

In  April  2006,  we  acquired  the  Fresno  Dodge  store  in  Fresno,  California.  The  store  has 
anticipated  annualized  revenues  of  $50  million.  The  store  was  renamed  Lithia  Dodge  of 
Fresno. 
In  May  2006,  we  acquired  the  Latham  Motors  store  in  Twin  Falls,  Idaho.  The  store  has 
anticipated annualized revenues of $25 million. The store was renamed Lithia Chrysler Jeep 
Dodge of Twin Falls. 
In  June  2006,  we  acquired  the  TradeMark  Chrysler  Jeep  Dodge  store  in  Bryan  –  College 
Station, Texas. The store has anticipated annualized revenues of $60 million. The store was 
renamed Lithia Chrysler Jeep Dodge of Bryan College Station. 
In June 2006, we acquired the Eversole Motors store in La Crosse, Wisconsin. The store has 
anticipated annualized revenues of $25 million. The store was renamed Lithia Chrysler Jeep 
Dodge of La Crosse. 
In August 2006, we  acquired  the Ukiah Dodge Chrysler Jeep store in Ukiah, California.  The 
store  has  anticipated  annualized  revenues  of  $10  million.  The  store  was  renamed  Lithia 
Chrysler Jeep Dodge of Ukiah. 
In October 2006, we acquired the Hansen Motors Group in Grand Forks, North Dakota. The 
stores had annualized combined revenues of approximately $85 million.  
In  October  2006,  we  acquired  the  My  BMW  and  My  Porsche  stores  in  Seaside,  California. 
The stores had annualized combined revenues of approximately $70 million. The stores were 
renamed BMW of Monterey and Porsche of Monterey. 
In  October  2006,  we  acquired  the  Midwest  Automotive  stores  in  Des  Moines,  Iowa.  The 
stores  had  annualized  combined  revenues  of  approximately  $65  million.  The  stores  were 
renamed BMW of Des Moines and Mercedes-Benz of Des Moines. 
In December 2006, we acquired the Allen Motor company stores in Cedar Rapids, Iowa. The 
stores  had  annualized  combined  revenues  of  approximately  $80  million.  The  stores  were 
renamed  Buick  GMC  Cadillac  of  North  Cedar  Rapids,  Saturn  of  Cedar  Rapids  and  Kia  of 
Cedar Rapids. 

The  above  acquisitions  were  all  accounted  for  under  the  purchase  method  of  accounting. 
Unaudited pro forma results of operations assuming all of the above acquisitions occurred as of January 
1, 2006 were as follows (in thousands, except per share amounts).   

Year Ended December 31, 
Total revenues 
Net income  
Basic earnings per share 
Diluted earnings per share 

$ 

2007 
3,239,820 
21,359 
1.09 
1.05 

$ 

2006 
3,397,944 
36,074 
1.85 
1.72 

The  Volkswagen/Audi  store  in  Boise,  Idaho  was  acquired  through  an  exchange  with  Peterson 
Motor  Company  in  which  we  traded  a  Chevrolet  store  and,  in  addition  to  the  Volkswagen/Audi  store, 
received $1.6 million in cash. 

There are no future contingent payouts related to the 2007 or 2006 acquisitions and no portion of 
the purchase price was paid with our equity securities. During 2007, we acquired the five stores and the 
Jeep  franchise  discussed  above  for  $17.1  million  in  cash  and  value  of  exchanged  franchise,  which 
included $10.3 million of goodwill and $4.2 million of other, primarily indefinite lived, intangible assets.  

During 2006, we acquired the 13 stores discussed above for $105.5 million, which included $47.2 

million of goodwill and $20.1 million of other intangible assets.  

In  addition,  we  acquired  new  vehicle  inventory  and  associated  floorplan  debt  in  the  amount  of 
$14.8  million  and  $48.4  million  in  connection  with  the  2007  and  2006  acquisitions,  respectively.  The 
purchase price for the balance of the assets acquired in 2007 and 2006 was funded by borrowings.  

F-31 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Within one year from the purchase date of each store, we may update the value allocated to our 
purchased  assets  and  the  resulting  goodwill  balances  as  a  result  of  information  received  regarding  the 
valuation of such assets and liabilities that was not available at the time of purchase in accordance with 
SFAS No. 141, “Business Combinations.” All of the goodwill from the above acquisitions is expected to be 
deductible for tax purposes. 

(17) 

Discontinued Operations 

We continually monitor the performance of each of our stores and make determinations to sell a 
store  based  primarily  on  return  on  capital  criteria. When  a  store  meets  the  criteria  of  “held  for  sale,”  as 
defined in SFAS No. 144, “Accounting for the Impairment or Disposal of Long-Lived Assets,” the results of 
operations  are  reclassified  into  discontinued  operations.  All  stores  included  in  discontinued  operations 
have been, or will be, eliminated from our on-going operations upon completion of the sale. We anticipate 
the completion of the sale for each store to occur within 12 months from the date of determination. 

During  2007,  we  added  three  stores  and  one  body  shop  to  those  classified  as  discontinued 
operations.  In  the  third  quarter  of  2007,  we  disposed  of  two  of  those  stores  and  the  body  shop.  As  of 
December 31, 2007, we had three stores held for sale. During 2006, we disposed of two of our stores that 
were held for sale at December 31, 2005 and classified two additional stores as discontinued operations, 
which were held for sale at December 31, 2006. During 2005, we sold a building we had held for sale at 
December 31, 2004, sold one store and classified two additional stores as discontinued operations, which 
were held for sale at December 31, 2005. 

Certain financial information related to discontinued operations was as follows (in thousands): 

Year Ended December 31, 
Revenue 
Pre-tax loss from discontinued operations 
Net gain (loss) on disposal activities 

Income tax benefit 
Loss from discontinued operations, net of income taxes 
Amount of goodwill and other intangible assets disposed of 

$ 
$ 

2007 
112,853 
(1,886) 
(3,874) 
(5,760) 
1,325 
(4,435)  $ 
$ 
8,722 

2006 
183,002 
(4,050) 
(911) 
(4,961) 
1,946 
(3,015) 
3,552 

$ 
$ 

$ 
$ 

2005 
262,936 
(2,951) 
27 
(2,924) 
1,158 
(1,766) 
4,406 

$ 
$ 

$ 
$ 

The pre-tax loss in 2006 included legal settlements related to dealerships in California that were 

sold in prior years. 

Interest  expense  is  allocated  to  stores  classified  as  discontinued  operations  for  actual  flooring 
interest expense directly related to the new vehicles in the store. Interest expense related to our working 
capital,  acquisition  and  used  vehicle  credit  facility  is  allocated  based  on  the  amount  of  assets  pledged 
towards the total borrowing base.  

Assets held for sale included the following (in thousands): 

December 31,  
Inventories 
Property, plant and equipment 
Goodwill and other intangible assets 

2007 
12,550 
10,459 
798 
23,807 

$ 

$ 

2006 
11,594 
2,949 
942 
15,485 

$ 

$ 

Liabilities held for sale included the following (in thousands): 

December 31,  
Floorplan notes payable 
Real estate debt 

2007 
10,391 
7,466 
17,857 

$ 

$ 

2006 
9,605 
2,005 
11,610 

$ 

$ 

F-32 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(18) 

Recent Accounting Pronouncements 

EITF 06-11 
In  June  2007,  the  Emerging  Issues  Task  Force  (“EITF”)  issued  EITF  06-11,  “Accounting  for 
Income  Tax  Benefits  of  Dividends  on  Share-Based  Payment  Awards,”  which  states  that  tax  benefits 
received on dividends associated with share-based awards that are charged to retained earnings should 
be  recorded  in  additional  paid-in  capital  and  included  in  the  pool  of  excess  tax  benefits  available  to 
absorb potential  future tax deficiencies on share-based payment awards.  The consensus  is effective for 
the  tax  benefits  of  dividends  declared  in  fiscal  years  beginning  after  December  15,  2007.  We  currently 
account  for  such  income  tax  benefits  in  accordance  with  the  method  prescribed  by  EITF  06-11  and, 
accordingly,  the  adoption  of  EITF  06-11  will  not  have  any  effect  on  our  financial  position,  results  of 
operations or cash flows.  

SFAS No. 157 
In  September  2006,  the  FASB  issued  SFAS  No.  157,  “Fair  Value  Measurements,”  which 
establishes a single authoritative definition of fair value, sets out a framework for measuring fair value and 
requires additional disclosures about fair-value measurements. SFAS No. 157 is effective for fiscal years 
beginning after November 15, 2007 for financial assets and liabilities. The effective date for non-financial 
assets  and  liabilities  that  are  not  required  or  permitted  to  be  recognized  or  disclosed  at  fair  value  on  a 
recurring basis has been deferred to fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2008. We do not believe 
that  the adoption of SFAS No. 157 will have a material impact on our financial position, cash flows, and 
results of operations as it relates to financial assets and liabilities. 

SFAS No. 141R 
In  December  2007,  the  FASB  issued  SFAS  No.  141R  “Business  Combinations,”  which 
establishes principles and requirements  for how  the acquirer of a  business recognizes and  measures in 
its  financial  statements  the  identifiable  assets  acquired,  the  liabilities  assumed,  and  any  non-controlling 
interest  in  the  acquiree.  The  statement  also  provides  guidance  for  recognizing  and  measuring  the 
goodwill  acquired  in  the  business  combination,  recognizing  assets  acquired  and  liabilities  assumed 
arising from contingencies, and determining what information to disclose to enable users of the  financial 
statement  to  evaluate  the  nature  and  financial  effects  of  the  business  combination.  SFAS  No.  141R  is 
effective  for  fiscal  years  beginning  after  December  15,  2008. We  are  still  evaluating  the  effects  that  the 
adoption of SFAS No. 141R will have on our financial position, cash flows, and results of operations. 

SFAS No. 160 
In  December  2007,  the  FASB  issued  SFAS  No.  160,  “Noncontrolling  Interests  in  Consolidated 
the 
Financial  Statements.”  SFAS  No.  160  establishes  accounting  and  reporting  standards  for 
noncontrolling  interest  in  a  subsidiary,  commonly  referred  to  as  minority  interest.  Among  other  matters, 
SFAS No. 160 requires (a) the noncontrolling interest be reported within equity in the balance sheet and 
(b) the amount of consolidated net income attributable to the parent and to the noncontrolling interest to 
be clearly presented in the statement of income. SFAS No. 160 is effective for fiscal years beginning after 
December  15,  2008.  SFAS  No.  160  is  to  be  applied  prospectively,  except  for  the  presentation  and 
disclosure requirements, which shall be applied retrospectively for all periods presented. The adoption of 
SFAS  No.  160  will  not  impact  our  consolidated  financial  statements  as  we  do  not  have  any  minority 
interests in our subsidiaries. 

F-33 

 
 
 
 
 
(19) 

Subsequent Events 

Dividend 
On  January  2,  2008,  our  Board  of  Directors  approved  a  dividend  on  our  Class  A  and  Class  B 
common  stock  of  $0.14  per  share  for  the  fourth  quarter  of  2007.  The  dividend,  which  totaled 
approximately $2.8 million, was paid on January 30, 2008 to shareholders of record on January 16, 2008. 

On  April  1,  2008,  our  Board  of  Directors  approved  a  dividend  on  our  Class  A  and  Class  B 
common stock of $0.14 per share for the first quarter of 2008. The dividend will be paid on April 29, 2008 
to shareholders of record on April 15, 2008. 

Subordinated Note Conversion Rate 
The  January  2008  dividend  payment  resulted  in  an  adjustment  to  the  conversion  rate  of  our 
subordinated  note  as  it  resulted  in  the  cumulative  adjustment  exceeding  1%  of  the  current  conversion 
rate. The conversion rate per $1,000 of notes was adjusted to 27.1914 from 26.8556 and the conversion 
price was adjusted to $36.78 from $37.24.  

Credit Facility Amendments  
In the first quarter of 2008, we executed amendments to our $225 million Credit Facility, providing 
an increase of $75 million in available credit, for a total amount of up to $300 million, and adjustments to 
certain  financial  covenants.  Also,  we  received  a  one  year  extension  on  the  maturity  date;  the  Credit 
Facility now expires on August 31, 2010. 

F-34 

 
 
 
 
 
 
CORPORATE INFORMATION 

Annual Meeting 

The Company’s  Annual Meeting of  Shareholders will be held at 2:00 P.M.,  Wednesday, May 21, at 
the Lithia  Motors’ Headquarters, 360  E. Jackson, Apple Street  Conference  Room, Medford, Oregon 
97501.  Notice of the meeting and proxy statement materials are being sent to all shareholders.  The 
Company’s  Annual  Report  on  Form  10-K  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2007,  includes  all 
information as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission, except exhibits. 

Shareholder Communications 

The Company welcomes your comments about its operations or any aspect of its business.  Please 
contact our Investor Relations Group at 1-541-618-5770. 

Description of Business: 

Automobile sales and service 

Corporate Headquarters: 

360 East Jackson Street, Medford, Oregon 97501 

Trading Information 
(As of April 10, 2008): 

(NYSE - LAD) 
20,047,447shares issued and outstanding 
Class A 
Class B 

16,285,216 
3,762,231 

Auditors: 

KPMG LLP, Portland, Oregon 

Legal Counsel: 

Foster Pepper LLP, Portland, Oregon 

Transfer Agent: 

Executive Officers: 

Computershare Trust Company 
350 Indian St., Suite 800 
Golden, Colorado 80401 

Sidney B. DeBoer, Chairman and Chief Executive Officer 
M.L. Dick Heimann, Vice-Chairman 
Bryan DeBoer, President and Chief Operating Officer 
R. Bradford Gray, Executive Vice President 
Jeffrey B. DeBoer, Senior Vice President and Chief  

Lithia Board of Directors: 

Financial Officer  

Sidney B. DeBoer 
M.L. Dick Heimann 
Thomas R. Becker 
William J. Young 
Maryann Keller 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CLUSTERING DEALERSHIPS

Missoula, 1

Great Falls, 2

Helena, 2

Butte, 1

MONTANA

Billings, 1

NORTH DAKOTA

Grand Forks, 2

Seatle, 1

Issaquah, 1

Renton, 2
Wenatchee, 1

Spokane, 3
Tri-Cities, 3

WASHINGTON

OREGON

Oregon City, 1

Springfield, 1
Eugene, 3

Roseburg, 2
Klamath Falls, 1

Grants Pass, 1

Medford, 7

Caldwell, 1

Boise, 2

Twin Falls, 2

Pocatello, 2

IDAHO

Eureka, 1

Redding, 2

Sparks, 1
Reno, 5

NEVADA

Ukiah, 1
Santa Rosa, 1
Burlingame, 1

Vacaville, 1
Fairfield, 1

Concord, 1

Fresno, 4

Seaside, 2

CALIFORNIA

Ft. Collins, 2
Loveland, 1
Denver, 1

Thornton, 1
Aurora, 1
Colorado Springs, 1

Englewood, 1

COLORADO

SOUTH DAKOTA

Sioux Falls, 2

WISCONSIN

La Crosse, 1

NEBRASKA

IOWA
Cedar Rapids, 2

Johnston, 1

Ames, 2

Omaha, 3

Des Moines, 3

Santa Fe, 1

NEW MEXICO

Amarillo, 1

Lubbock, 1

TEXAS

Midland, 3

Odessa, 4

Abilene, 2
San Angelo, 3

ALASKA
Fairbanks, 1

Wasilla, 1

Anchorage, 5

Bryan, 1

Corpus Christi, 1

110 DEALERSHIPS, 28 BRANDS